EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS INC /DE/
10KSB, 1999-05-26
REAL ESTATE
Previous: NOODLE KIDOODLE INC, DEF 14A, 1999-05-26
Next: INSTRON CORP, PREM14A, 1999-05-26




                United States Securities and Exchange Commission
                                 Washington D.C.
                                   Form 10-KSB
  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
                               of 1934, as Amended
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                          Commission File Number O-3718

      Equity Growth Systems, inc. (Name of Small Business Registrant in its
                                    charter)

    Delaware: (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

               11-2050317: (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

          8001 DeSoto Woods Drive; Sarasota, Florida, 34243 (Address of
                 principal executive offices including zip code)

                 (561) 998-3435 (Registrant's telephone number)

           Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act: None

    Title of each class: None Name of each exchange on which registered: None

             [Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:
                         Common Stock (Title of Class)]

     Check whether the Registrant (1) filed all reports  required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  during
the past  twelve  months (or for such  shorter  period that the  Registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports,  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days: Yes [x] No[_]

     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-B  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the best of the  Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB: [ ]

     State Registrant's revenues for its most recent fiscal year: $162,395. As a
material  subsequent  event the  Registrant  has divested  itself of the revenue
producing  assets.  See  Item 1,  Business,  pages  4-5 of this 10-KSB and also
footnote 9 of the financials.

     State the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
computed by reference  to the price at which the stock was sold,  or the average
bid and asked  prices of such stock,  as of a specified  date within the past 60
days: $ 325,671,  based on the average bid and asked price of $0.375 as of April
30, 1999,  there being 868,457 shares of common stock held by persons other than
officers, directors or control persons of the Registrant on such date.

     State the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's  classes
of equity, as of the latest practicable date:  5,991,148 shares of common stock,
as of April 30, 1999.

                                       1
<PAGE>

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item         Page
Number       Number      Item Caption

Part I
Item 1.    4            Description of Business
Item 2.    14           Description of Property
Item 3.    15           Legal Proceedings.
Item 4.    15           Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Part II
Item 5.     16          Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder
                        Matters.
Item 6      19          Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                        Condition and Results of Operations or Plan of
Operation
Item 7.     22          Financial Statements
Item 8.     54          Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants

Part III
Item 9.     56          Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and control
                        Persons;  Compliance with Section 16(a) of the
                        Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Item 10.    64          Executive Compensation
Item 11.    69          Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
                        Management
Item 12.    73          Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Item 13.    80          Exhibits, Financial Statements & Reports on Form 8-K
(index)
            84          Signatures
            86-184      Exhibits and Additional Information

     This report includes  materials  incorporated by reference to the following
previously  filed reports or registration  statements,  as permitted by Exchange
Act Rule 12b-23:

1.   Items 1, 2, 3, 8 and 12,  from the report on Form 10-KSB for period  ended
     December 31, 1997.

2.  Part II of the Registrant's quarterly report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar
     quarter ended September 30, 1998.

3.   Items 2, and 4, from the report on Form 8-KSB, dated March 5, 1999.

4.   Item 4, from the report on Form 8-KSB/A, dated April 2, 1999.


                                       2
<PAGE>


     This document  incorporates  into a single document the requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission for the Annual Report to Stockholders and the
Form 10-KSB.

                   FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This  Annual  Report  and Form  10-KSB  contains  certain  "forward-looking
statements"  relating to the Registrant which represent the Registrant's current
expectations or beliefs,  including,  but not limited to, statements  concerning
the Registrant's  operations,  performance,  financial condition and growth. For
this  purpose,  any  statements  contained in this Annual Report and Form 10-KSB
that are not  statements  of  historical  fact are  forward-looking  statements.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  words such as "may",  "will",
"expect", "believe", "anticipate", "intend", "could", "estimate", or "continue",
or the  negative  or other  variation  thereof  or  comparable  terminology  are
intended to  identify  forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  by their
nature  involve  substantial  risks and  uncertainties,  such as credit  losses,
dependence on management and key personnel and variability of quarterly results,
ability of the  Registrant  to continue  its growth  strategy  and  competition,
certain  of which are  beyond the  Registrant's  control.  Should one or more of
these risks or  uncertainties  materialize or should the underlying  assumptions
prove incorrect,  actual outcomes and results could differ materially from those
indicated in the forward looking statements.


                                       3
<PAGE>


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL

     The response to this item is  incorporated  by reference to the  comparable
item in the  Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31,
1997,  supplemented  by the  Response to Part II of the  Registrant's  quarterly
report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter  ended  September  30, 1998,  as
permitted by Rule 12b-23 promulgated under authority of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act" and "Rule 12b-23," respectively).

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     As a material  subsequent event, on March 22, 1999, the Registrant's former
president,  Edward  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  on his  behalf  and on behalf of the
Granville-Smith  Trust dated August 13, 1976,  First Ken Co Properties,  Inc., a
dissolved Delaware corporation, K. Walker International, LTD., (a/k/a K. Walker,
LTD), a Bahamian corporation,  Milpitas Investors, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
the Milpitas  Investors,  Inc.  Trust,  and for Equity Growth  Systems,  Inc., a
dissolved  Maryland  Corporation,  (not to be  confused  with  the  Registrant),
rescinded by agreement all agreements between them and the Registrant  including
those pursuant to which the Registrant  acquired real estate related  operations
that have, for the past three years, constituted the bulk of its operations; all
employment,  consulting and creditor agreements  involving such persons,  all as
described in the  Registrant's  reports on Forms 10-KSB,  10-QSB and 8-KSB filed
during 1996,  1997 and 1998. A copy of the  Settlement  Agreement is filed as an
exhibit to this report (see "Item 13 Exhibit Index").

     In conjunction with the  Granville-Smith,  Jr.  Settlement  Agreement,  Mr.
Jerry C. Spellman,  on his own behalf and on behalf of Bolina  Trading  Company,
S.A.,  a  Panamanian  corporation,  also  known as  Bolina  Trading  Company,  a
Panamanian  Corporation,  and Bolena  Trading  Corporation,  S.A.,  a Panamanian
Corporation,  and the WEFT Trust signed and executed for the  protection  of the
Registrant a general  release,  releasing the  Registrant  from,  "all causes of
action,  suits,  debts,   accounts,   liabilities,   contracts,   controversies,
agreements,   promises,  damages,  judgments,  executions,  claims  and  demands
whatsoever,  known or unknown,  in law or in equity,  which any of the  Spellman
Parties,  individually  or  collectively  have ever had,  now has,  or which any
personal  representative,  successor,  heir,  affiliates,  directors,  officers,
advisors,  agents,  successors or assign of the Spellman Parties individually or
collectively hereafter can, shall or may have, against the Registrant,  for upon
or by reason of any matter,  cause or thing  whatsoever,  from the  beginning of
time to present." A copy of the Spellman  General Release is filed as an exhibit
to this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index").


                                       4
<PAGE>


     As a result of such recission, Messrs. Granville-Smith and Spellman now own
virtually all of the  Registrant's  assets held as of December 31, 1998, but are
responsible for all liabilities  associated with those assets.  The Registrant's
current management hoped that Messrs.  Granville-Smith and Spellman would arrive
at a more  favorable  solution to the  Registrant's  problems  occasioned by Mr.
Granville-Smith's  illness  which  precluded  his  continued  leadership  of the
Registrant,  however,  in light of the mental,  physical and  financial  strains
occasioned  to Mr.  Granville-Smith  by his current  medical  problems,  he felt
compelled to place his personal  interests  ahead of those of the Registrant and
the newly elected members of the Registrant's  Board of Directors  decided that,
having no better  options,  it would be in the best  interests of the Registrant
and its stockholders to eliminate  liabilities in order to make the Registrant a
more  attractive   acquisition   candidate  or  otherwise   associated  business
participant.  Consequently, the Registrant is no longer involved in the business
described in the  incorporated  reports and has  returned all assets  associated
therewith  to  the  foregoing   persons  and  entities  (see  Item  7  Financial
Statements).

NEW STRATEGIC PLANS & CHANGE OF CONTROL

     When Mr.  Granville-Smith  realized that his health would not permit him to
implement the business plans and decisions which  constituted  materially all of
the Registrant's  business,  he arranged for the Registrant to retain the Yankee
Companies,  Inc., a Florida  corporation  ("Yankees")  to recruit a new group of
directors and to assist them in development and  implementation of new strategic
plans.  A copy of the agreement with Yankees was filed with the Commission as an
exhibit and is discussed in Part II of the Registrant's quarterly report on Form
10-QSB for the calendar  quarter ended  September 30, 1998, the details of which
are incorporated by reference herein as permitted by SEC Rule 12b-23.

     Yankees has  suggested  that the  Registrant's  activities  be divided into
three  different  areas.  The first  recommendation  dealt with the former  real
estate  operations  and  consequently,   is  no  longer  relevant.   The  second
recommendation  was that the Registrant's  new management and directors  provide
consulting services to third parties that desire to attain public trading status
by  assisting  them  in  preparation  of  33  Act  Registration  Statements  and
registrations  on  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  Forms 10 and  10-SB in
exchange for securities to be  distributed  directly by the client issuer to the
Registrant's  stockholders.  The third  recommendation  was that the  Registrant
acquire  operating  companies  that could benefit from the  Registrant's  public
trading  status and from the  experience of the  Registrant's  Directors even if
such transactions resulted in a change of control.

PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OR SERVICES AND THEIR MARKETS

Current Consulting Activities

     In response to Yankees'  suggestions,  the Registrant's  Board of Directors
has  authorized  its officers to negotiate  consulting  agreements  with private
companies that desire to avail  themselves of the experience of the Registrant's
officers and  directors to attain  reporting  company  status under the Exchange
Act.  Such  assistance is expected to involve  recruitment  and  supervision  of
professional advisors (e.g., attorneys, auditors, investment bankers, transfer

                                       5
<PAGE>

agents,  officers and  directors,  etc.)  required by the client  corporation to
properly  register their securities with the Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission")  under both the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act") and the Exchange Act, and thereafter,  to initiate trading in
their securities in the over the counter market,  all in  consideration  for the
registration and issuance of a set percentage of the client corporations' common
stock directly to the  Registrant's  stockholders,  at the expense of the client
corporation.  The  percentage  of  securities  to be issued to the  Registrant's
stockholders  after registration with the Commission  is expected to vary from
case to case  based on the  Registrant's  bargaining  power but is  expected to
range between 10% and 15% of the client corporation's common stock.

     The Registrant  previously filed copies of draft consulting agreements with
a number of potential  clients as exhibits to a report of current  event on Form
8-KSB filed on March 5, 1999. As of the date of this report, only one consulting
agreement has been signed (May 7, 1999),  that being with FundsAmerica  Finance
Corporation, a recently organized Florida corporation that intends to operate as
a  retail   finance   company   concentrating   on   refinancing   mobile  homes
("FundsAmerica")  and believes that reporting company status will be of material
assistance to permit it to package and resell  portfolios of loans originated by
it.  The  Registrant  will  have  no  involvement  in  any  operations  of  such
corporation,  other  than  in  providing  the  assistance  described  above  and
consequently  makes no predictions as to the ultimate value of the securities to
be distributed to the Registrant's  stockholders  after they are registered with
the  Commission.  Based on the  terms of the  consulting  agreement  with  Funds
America, the Registrant's stockholders of record as of June 5, 1999, will, after
registration  of  the  subject  shares  with  the  Commission,  receive  10%  of
FundsAmerica  outstanding  common stock,  measured as of the  conclusion of such
distribution,  on a pro rata basis based on their  holdings of the  Registrant's
common stock on such date. The Registrant and FundsAmerica  have agreed that the
reasonable  value of such  common  stock,  in the  aggregate,  is the  lesser of
$50,000 or 10% of stockholders' equity of FundsAmerica, determined in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principals, consistently applied ("GAAP"). As
of the  date  of  this  report,  the  Registrant  has  not  determined  the  tax
consequences of the anticipated  distribution of FundsAmerica  securities to its
stockholders;  except that,  in the  aggregate,  it should not exceed the agreed
upon valuation.  A copy of the FundsAmerica  Consulting Agreement is filed as an
exhibit to this report (see "Item 13- Exhibit Index").

     Of the four  corporations  originally  reported by the  Registrant as being
involved in negotiations  for consulting  arrangements,  two appear to have lost
interest:  Golden Jersey Products,  Inc. and Cental  Communications Group, Inc.;
one has put the project on hold until it can obtain better terms from  potential
professional  advisors  (the  Gaff  Group,  Inc.);  and  the  last  one,  Sports
Collectible Exchange,  Inc., a recently organized Florida corporation controlled
by the Registrant's  general counsel,  has indicated a firm intention to proceed
subject to development of its web site and valuation of its inventory.

                                  6
<PAGE>

     The Gaff Group,  Inc., is headquartered at 2698 Juniper Avenue,  Suite 110;
Long Beach,  California 90806-2145.  Its telephone number is (562) 989-3820, its
fax number is (562)  492-6533 and its e-mail address is  [email protected].  The
Gaff  Group is a general  contractor  servicing  Fortune  500  Companies  and is
engaged  in a variety  of real  estate  development,  consulting  and  marketing
projects, principally in the States of Florida and California.

     Sports  Collectible  Exchange,  Inc.,  was recently  organized as a Florida
corporation  ("SCE")  by  G.  Richard  Chamberlin,   Esquire,  the  Registrant's
secretary, general counsel and a member of its Board of Directors, and maintains
temporary  offices at 14950  Southeast  United States Highway 441;  Summerfield,
Florida 34491. Its telephone  number is (352) 694-6714;  its fax number is (352)
694-9178;  and, its current e-mail address is  [email protected].  SCE has been
organized to engage in a number of collectible  areas  including an inventory of
minor  league  collectibles  that is  expected  to be  appraised  prior  to June
20,1999,  by either Gulf Coast Minors, of Sarasota,  Florida, or Steve Weitlauf,
former owner of Bleacher  Bums a baseball  card shop,  Belleview,  Florida.  The
appraisal  will be based on both  wholesale  and probable  retail  value.  SCE's
management  has advised the  Registrant's  management  that it believes that the
wholesale  appraisal will be in the range of $40,000 to $100,000,  based on it's
experience  with minor league baseball  collectibles.  SCE intends to develop an
Internet web site to market minor league  baseball  collectibles,  including its
current inventory, to operate such site with an initial emphasis on minor league
baseball  collectibles  in a  manner  similar  to that  currently  used to trade
securities  over the Internet,  permitting  transactions  in its own  inventory,
purchase of  inventory  from third  parties  and  facilitation  of  transactions
between  third  parties  for a small fee  (expected  to be a  percentage  of the
transaction).  SCE also intends to develop a minor league collectibles appraisal
certification program and to establish a minor league hall of fame.
Current Acquisition Activities

     Atlanta Lending Services, Inc.

     The  Registrant  previously  elected to disclose  that it was  discussing a
potential   reorganization  with  Atlanta  Lending  Services,  Inc.,  a  Georgia
corporation  doing  business  as  Global  Acceptance  Corp.  and its  affiliates
("Global").  Global  is an  eight  year  old  diversified  finance  company  and
automobile  dealership with more than  $44,000,000 in sales during calendar year
1998.  Global's current address is 1686 Roswell Road;  Marietta,  Georgia 30062,
its  current  telephone  number  is  800-499-9112,  its  current  fax  number is
800-863-7927  and for its current  e-mail please see the website  address listed
below. Mr. Jack Smith is the current president of Global, and Mr. Rob Smith owns
the majority of Global's common stock.

     The   reorganization,   if  effected  as  initially   contemplated  by  the
Registrant, would result in Global (including affiliated automobile dealerships)
becoming subsidiaries of the Registrant with Global's current stockholders being
issued a majority of the Registrant's outstanding securities and their designees
being elected to a majority of the seats on the Registrant's Board of Directors,
which would  probably be increased  to eleven  members.  Information  concerning
Global is maintained on its web site at www.GlobalAcceptance.com. The Registrant
has not verified any of Global's information as negotiations have not progressed
since  they were  initially  reported  because,  as a  privately  held  group of
companies,  Global had not  organized its records in a manner  appropriate  to a
publicly held entity and requires  substantial  legal and auditing work to bring
its records up to acceptable  securities  laws  standards.  No assurances can be
provided that any reorganization  with Global will take place and the Registrant
has no  commitment  with Global that  restricts  either  parties'  right to seek
reorganization partners elsewhere. In the event that the acquisition of American
Internet Technical Center, Inc. described below is effected,  the proposed terms
for an acquisition of Global would have to materially change.

                                       7
<PAGE>

     American Internet Technical Center, Inc.

     On May 21,  1999,  the  Registrant  signed a letter of intent to acquire at
least 90% of the capital stock of American Internet  Technical  Center,  Inc., a
Nevada  corporation  ("American  Internet") with  approximately 60 stockholders,
which, during 1999, acquired through American Internet Technical Center, Inc., a
Florida  corporation.  American  Internet's  address  is 440 East  Sample  Road;
Pompano,  Florida  33056,  its telephone and fax numbers are (954)  943-4748 and
(954) 943-4046, respectively. Its web site address is www.aitc.net.

     The acquisition, if effected as contemplated by the letter of intent, would
require the  Registrant,  to exchange  at least  2,250,000  shares of its common
stock with the current holders of 90% of American  Internet's  capital stock for
all of their shares of capital stock in American Internet, and further:

1.   Would  require  the  Registrant  to acquire the  remaining  10% of American
     Internet's  capital stock,  if the holders  desired to exchange their stock
     for an aggregate of an additional 250,000 shares of the Registrant's common
     stock,  subject to the availability of exemptions from  registration  under
     applicable state and federal securities laws; and

2.   Would require the Registrant to raise up to $250,000 in funds for expansion
     of  American   Internet's   operations,   within  90  days   following  its
     acquisition;

3.   Would require the Registrant to issue up to 4,500,000  additional shares of
     its common stock to the former stockholders of American Internet predicated
     on American  Internet's  attaining the following annual net, pre-tax profit
     thresholds  determined  as of December 31 of each year in  accordance  with
     generally accepted accounting principals, consistently applied ("GAAP"), as
     follows:

     A.   Goal                Time Frame      Stock Bonus
          $200,000            1999           500,000 Shares
          $500,000            2000           800,000 Shares
          $1,000,000          2001           800,000 Shares
          $1,5000,000         2002           800,000 Shares
          $2,000,000          2003           800,000 Shares
          $2,500,000          2004           800,000 Shares

     B.   In the event that the thresholds were not attained and the Registrant
          had  provided  American  Internet  with  $250,000  in funding  for its
          operations within 90 days following closing on the acquisition thereof
          then:

          1.   If the net,  pre tax  earnings were less than 33% of the required
               threshold during the subject 12 month period, the stock bonus for
               such period would be forfeited;

          2.   If the  net,  pre tax  earnings were  between  33% and 80% of the
               required  threshold during the subject 12 month period, the stock
               bonus for such period and the required threshold would be carried
               over to the next year,  increasing  both the aggregate  threshold
               and the aggregate bonus attainable for such year; and

          3.   If the net,  pre tax earnings  were  between  80% and 100% of the
               required  threshold during the subject 12 month period, the stock
               bonus for such period would be prorated.

                                       8
<PAGE>
     C.   In the event that the  thresholds were not attained but the Registrant
          had not provided  American  Internet  with funding for its  operations
          within 90 days  following  closing  on the  Reorganization  Agreement,
          then, the stock bonus for such period would be prorated.

     Information  concerning American Internet is maintained on its web site and
some  information  has been provided to the  Registrant in the form of a private
placement memorandum (the "Memorandum") dated January 15, 1999, prepared for use
in a limited offering to less than five subscribers.  The Registrant has not yet
verified  information  concerning  American  Internet,  but, in the event that a
formal reorganization agreement is successfully negotiated,  the Registrant will
be conducting substantial due diligence  investigations prior to closing thereon
and will use such information to prepare a report of current event on Form 8-KSB
which must be filed within ten days following  such closing,  except for related
certified financial statements,  which must be filed by amendment within 60 days
after  the  initial  filing  of  the  Form  8-KSB.   Subject  to  the  foregoing
qualification, the following summary data extracted from the Memorandum provides
a  description  of  American  Internet's  history  and  business.  A copy of the
Memorandum is filed as an exhibit to this Report (see Item 13, Exhibit Index).

     Background

     During  April  of  1999,   American  Internet  was  acquired  by  a  Nevada
corporation,  as its sale  asset.  For  purposes  of the  following  discussion,
"American Internet" refers to the Florida subsidiary.

     American Internet was organized as a Florida corporation on April 15, 1998,
for the purposes of providing Internet  services,  including but not limited to,
web design, hosting, marketing and training. American Internet began by offering
free web sites for small and medium sized businesses.  Web sites are  designed
with the  assistance of senior  webmaster  students as part of their  graduation
requirements,  with other students performing routine functions as part of their
educational  requirements.  In return,  clients  are  required to use  American
Internet hosting services for their new web sites.  In the first nine months of
operations,  American Internet acquired  approximately 1,175 clients,  averaging
130 new clients per month.

     Online Instruction

     American  Internet offers a total of 62 different  on-line courses,  all of
which feature web-based delivery and  administration.  Students can take courses
from their own home or business.  Requirements  for most courses are a computer,
Internet access,  e-mail and Netscape or Internet Explorer browser.  Lessons for
each course/ syllabus are usually  delivered twice weekly either by e-mail or on
the web itself. An instructor conducts each course. Interaction with instructors
and other students is conducted in special chat room  environments.  The courses
currently offered include:

1.   A total of  fourteen  different  computer  courses of study,  averaging  12
     lessons per course over a six week period, at a cost of $95.00 per course.

2.   A total of eight different courses on how to navigate the Internet,  create
     a web page or master the art of Web  programming,  averaging 12 lessons per
     course over a six week period, at a cost of $95.00 per course.

3.   A total of  eleven  business  courses  involving  how best to plan,  start,
     finance and market small to medium sized  businesses,  with varying numbers
     of lessons per course, at an average course price of $135.00.

4.   A total of 23 management  courses dealing with how to improve job skills by
     mastering  the  fundamentals  of  supervision,  communication,  motivation,
     conflict  resolution,  and inventory and project  management,  with varying
     numbers of lessons per course, at an average course price of $195.00.

5.   Six other  courses deal with how to prepare for an upcoming  test,  enhance
     your medical  skills,  or chart a new career path,  with varying numbers of
     lessons per course, at an average course price of $275.00.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     Market Analysis

     American Internet's primary markets are small and new businesses throughout
the United States and Canada.  American  Internet  designs web sites,  hosts web
sites, and provides e-commerce programs,  marketing and other Internet services.
American  Internet  also  offers  on line  instructional  programs  in  computer
technology,  web design,  management and other fields. All courses are conducted
on the Web where  students  can acquire new skills from the comfort of their own
home.

     American Internet's  marketing strategy has been focused around advertising
in  local  newspapers,   direct  mail  (including  postcards  and  card  decks),
telemarketing and the Internet.  American Internet maintains its own informative
web site and  encourages  prospective  clients  to visit the site where they can
obtain  information  about American  Internet and its services,  and can preview
approximately  fifteen  actual  sites  of  American  Internet's  clients.  Sales
activities involve responding to inquiries  generated by the advertising efforts
of staffers with substantial knowledge of the services and sales skills offered.
A  sales  representative  explains  the  program  and  then  faxes  a  six  page
informational  package,  including a contract,  to the prospective client. Sales
normally occur within one to five days after initial contact.

     Based upon market research and studies, management believes that the demand
for American Internet's Internet services will remain strong. Network Solutions,
which has the government contract to register domain names in the United States,
reports that new registrations are increasing at a significant rate. Each month,
Internic  registers  more than 100,000 new commercial  domain names.  In January
1998  there were 30 million  computers  on the  Internet  and  approximately  70
million users.  Internet  co-designer,  Vinton Cert,  estimates that by the year
2000 there will be 200 million  computers  on the  Internet and over 400 million
users.  During 1998, it was estimated that sales on the Internet would exceed $4
billion by the year 2000. AOL recently  announced that its sales for the ten-day
Christmas  period of 1998 alone  exceeded  $1 billion  dollars.  Throughout  the
United  States there are over 100,000 new  businesses  formed each month.  While
many of these businesses  commence  operations on a limited budget, many are now
aware of the importance of having a web site.

     The growth in demand  for  Internet  products  and  services  in the United
States as well as in most  other  countries  outstrips  the  population  growth.
Demand is being  fueled  by  factors  such as more  awareness  of their  general
availability,  increased advertising and competition by service providers,  more
businesses in the target group,  the robust  economy,  the  advancements  in the
technology sector and public acceptance of resulting  changes.  While the growth
in the  domestic  market is expected to continue,  overseas  markets are showing
much more promise.  Demographic information such as rising income levels, higher
education  levels and more  familiarity  with  technology  are  suggesting  that
overseas  markets may be capable of materially  higher  growth  rates.  Although
sales in overseas markets are currently dwarfed by domestic sales, the firms who
sell overseas are  experiencing  very fast growth rates and management  believes
that such growth rates will  continue for years to come,  possibly  resulting in
overseas markets overtaking domestic markets in size.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     American  Internet  currently  receives  over 100  inquires  per month from
foreign countries, even though it currently conducts business principally in the
United  States and Canada.  American  Internet has conducted  test-marketing  in
Brazil,  one of the larger countries in the world, and the initial findings have
been viewed by management as favorable. Consequently, management is preparing to
intensify  marketing  strategies and  communication  links to position  American
Internet in the international market as well.

Gross sales during American  Internet's first nine months of operation were
approximately  $850,000.00  to  1,175  clients.  American  Internet's  marketing
objective is to increase  sales to $4,200,000 and increase the number of clients
to 5,000 by the fiscal year ending March 31, 2000.  American Internet intends to
experiment with cable television advertising on business networks, such as MSNBC
and other networks,  press releases,  and outbound telemarketing campaign to new
businesses, opt-in e-mailing and other advertising techniques and methods.

     Cautionary Note

     A  letter  of  intent,   by  its  terms,  is  not  a  binding   commitment.
Consequently,  no assurances  can be provided that the  Registrant  will acquire
American Internet on the terms currently  contemplated,  if at all; that even if
it is acquired,  its  operations  will be  successful;  and,  that even if it is
acquired and operates successfully,  such success will be reflected in the value
of the Registrant's securities.

     A copy of the American  Internet letter of intent is included as an exhibit
to this report (see Item 13, Exhibit Index).

OTHER CURRENT ACTIVITIES

     The  Registrant's   management  is  seeking   additional   clients  and  is
negotiating  with several  prospects.  Management has also had discussions  with
several currently operating and profitable  businesses  introduced by Yankees or
by members of the Registrant's  management with a view to a future  association,
however, no definitive  arrangements have been entered into nor can there be any
assurances that definitive arrangements will ever take place.

DISTRIBUTION METHODS OF THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES

     See Part I, Item I: Principal Products or Services and their Markets,  of
this report, incorporated by reference herein.

COMPETITION

     The Registrant's activities are divided into two different areas. The first
activity is providing consulting services to third parties that desire to attain
public  trading  status by  assisting  them in  preparation  of  Securities  Act
Registration  Statements and registrations on Securities and Exchange Commission
Forms 10 and 10-SB in exchange for securities to be distributed  directly by the
client  issuer  to the  Registrant's  stockholders.  The  second  is to  acquire
operating  companies  that could benefit from the  Registrant's  public  trading
status  and from  the  experience  of the  Registrant's  Directors  even if such
transactions result in a change of control.

     Consulting Services

     The  Registrant   competes  against  a  wide  variety  of  consultants  and
consulting  entities  offering  services to public companies as well as numerous
individuals and varied entities desiring to provide consulting services to third
parties  that  desire to attain  public  trading  status  by  assisting  them in
preparation of Forms 10 and 10-SB. However, the Registrant is willing to provide
such  services in exchange  for  securities  to be  distributed  directly by the
client issuer to the Registrant's  stockholders rather than in exchange for cash
and this should prove to be a competitive advantage for the Registrant.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     Acquisition of Operating Companies

     The second activity involves  attempts to acquire operating  companies that
could  benefit  from  the  Registrant's  public  trading  status  and  from  the
experience  of the  Registrant's  management.  There are  numerous  individuals,
entities  and public  companies  interested  in  acquisitions  most of which are
better  capitalized  than the Registrant and are able to make  acquisitions  for
cash or a combination of cash and securities,  while the Registrant's sole means
of effecting  acquisitions involves exchanges of it's securities and thereafter,
arranging  introductions  to  potential  funding  sources,  which may or may not
provide  required  capital  based on their  own  analysis  of the  opportunities
presented.  Consequently, no assurances can be provided that the Registrant will
be  successful  in  effecting  any  acquisitions,  or  that  the  terms  of  any
acquisition  will be as favorable as could have been obtained had the Registrant
been better capitalized.

STATUS OF ANY PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED NEW PRODUCT OR SERVICE

     The  Registrant  has no new products or services  other than  discussed in
this report.

SOURCES AND AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS AND THE NAMES OF PRINCIPAL
SUPPLIERS

     This section is not applicable to this report.

DEPENDENCE ON ONE OR A FEW MAJOR CUSTOMERS.

     This section is not applicable to this report.

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, LICENSES, FRANCHISES, CONCESSIONS, ROYALTY
AGREEMENTS OR LABOR CONTRACTS, INCLUDING DURATION

     The  Registrant   has  no  patents,   trademarks,   licenses,   franchises,
concessions, royalty agreements or labor contracts.

                                       12
<PAGE>

NEED FOR ANY GOVERNMENT APPROVAL OF PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS OR SERVICES.
IF GOVERNMENT APPROVAL IS NECESSARY AND THE SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER HAS
NOT YET RECEIVED THAT APPROVAL, DISCUSS THE STATUS OF THE APPROVAL
WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT APPROVAL PROCESS.

     This section is not applicable to this report.

EFFECT OF EXISTING OR PROBABLE GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS ON THE
BUSINESS

     The Registrant does not anticipate unusual  consequences to its business as
a result of governmental  regulations,  other than the fact that, like all other
businesses, it is forced to incur expenses and delays in complying with the many
laws and  regulations  applicable to all businesses in the United  States,  and,
that the Registrant may be precluded from making favorable  acquisitions because
the  acquisition  target is  unable  to  provide  financial  statements  meeting
standards imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ESTIMATE  OF THE  AMOUNT  SPENT  DURING  EACH OF THE  LAST TWO  FISCAL  YEARS ON
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT  ACTIVITIES,  AND IF APPLICABLE THE EXTENT TO WHICH THE
COST OF SUCH ACTIVITIES ARE BORNE DIRECTLY BY CUSTOMERS.

     This section is not applicable to this report.

COSTS AND EFFECTS OF COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS (FEDERAL,
STATE AND LOCAL)

Federal:  To the best of  management's  knowledge,  the  Registrant  will not be
          required to directly  incur  material  expenses  in  conjunction  with
          environmental  regulations.  However, like all other companies,  there
          are many but incalculable indirect expenses associated with compliance
          by other  entities that affect the prices paid by the  Registrant  for
          goods and services.

State:    To the best of  management's  knowledge,  the  Registrant  will not be
          required to directly  incur  material  expenses  in  conjunction  with
          environmental regulations at the state level.

Local:    To the best of management's knowledge,  the  Registrant  will  not be
          required to directly incur material  expenses in  conjunction   with
          environmental regulations at the local level.

                                       13
<PAGE>


EMPLOYEES

     The  Registrant  currently  has no  employees  other than its  officers and
employs  no  independent  contractors,  other than the  Yankee  Companies,  Inc.
Management  is of the  opinion  that  should  full or  part  time  employees  or
independent  contractors be needed for any reason they are readily  available at
competitive prices.

     The  Registrant  currently  operates  exclusively  through  it's  presently
constituted officers and directors as well as through it's strategic consultant,
the Yankee Companies, Inc.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

     The response to this item is  incorporated  by reference to the  comparable
item in the Registrant's report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December,  31,
1997,  supplemented  by the  Response to Part II of the  Registrant's  quarterly
report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter  ended  September  30, 1998,  as
permitted by Rule 12b-23.

     As a material  subsequent  event, the Registrant has divested itself of all
of its investment  properties (see response to Item 1 above).  It currently uses
executive  facilities provided on a shared, rent free basis, by the Registrant's
current president,  in Sarasota,  Florida, and by the Yankee Companies, Inc., in
Ocala and Boca Raton, Florida.

     The addresses,  telephone and facsimile numbers available to the Registrant
as described above are as follows:

Sarasota, Florida:       8001 DeSoto Woods Drive; Sarasota, Florida 34243;
                         telephone number (941) 358-8182 and facsimile number
                         (941)358-8423; Attention: Charles Scimeca

Ocala, Florida:          1941 Southeast 51st Terrace, Suite 800; Ocala,
                         Florida 34471; telephone number (352) 694-6714 and
                         facsimile number (352) 694-9178; Attention: G. Richard
                         Chamberlin

Boca Raton, Florida:     902 Clint Moore Road, Suite 136; Boca Raton, Florida
                         33487; telephone number (561) 998-3435 and facsimile
                         number (561) 998-4635; Attention: Leonard Miles Tucker

     The Registrant  anticipates  that these facilities will be adequate for its
needs unless it effects a material acquisition,  in which case it is anticipated
that adequate facilities would be included as a component of such acquisitions.


                                       14
<PAGE>


ITEM 3.      LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     The response to this item is  incorporated  by reference to the  comparable
item in the  Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31,
1997,  supplemented  by the  Response to Part II of the  Registrant's  quarterly
report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter  ended  September  30, 1998,  as
permitted by Rule 12b-23.

     As a material  subsequent event, in light of the divestitures  described in
response to Item 1, no material  litigation  is  currently  pending and the only
potential  litigation involves possible actions by the Registrant against former
officers  and  directors  who have  failed  to return  securities  issued by the
Registrant  for services  that were not performed or in exchange for assets that
were not delivered, except as follows.

     The only  litigation  to  which  the  Registrant  is a  party,  (which  the
Registrant's  general  counsel does not believe is  material)  involves a single
small claims  matter that is now  pending, Couture & Co.,  Inc. v Equity  Growth
Systems,  inc. in Pinellas County,  Florida,  Small Claims Court Division,  case
no.99-2206-SC-NPC,  filed  on  April  22,1999.  The  Plaintiff  claims  that the
Registrant owes $1,100 for services' rendered in transmitting  documents to the
Commssion. The Registrant intends to contest such claim.

POTENTIAL LITIGATION BY THE REGISTRANT

MESSRS. WEISS, MOFFETT AND HOMAN

     The  series  of  transactions  involving  Messrs.  Weiss and  Moffett  were
discussed in the Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the calendar year ended
December 31, 1997 and the  discussion  is  incorporated  by  reference.  Further
information  is  contained  in  Item  12,  Certain   Relationships  and  Related
Transactions, Footnote 1, of this report.

IMPROPER ISSUANCES OF STOCK PURSUANT TO RULE 504

     The  series  of  transactions  involving  the  improper  issuance  of stock
pursuant to Rule 504 is discussed in Item 12, Certain  Relationships and Related
Transactions, Footnote 6, of this report.

CERTAIN STOCK TRANSFERS FOR INADEQUATE OR NON-CONSIDERATION

     The series of transactions involving certain stock transfers for inadequate
or no consideration is discussed in Item 12, Certain  Relationships  and Related
Transactions, Footnote 6 of this report.


ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

       No matters were submitted to a vote of the Registrant's  security holders
through the  solicitation  of proxies or otherwise  during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998.


                                       15
<PAGE>


PART II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

(a)     Market Information

     The  Registrant's  common  stock  has  been  traded  in  the  past  in  the
over-the-counter  market;  however,  until November 18, 1998,  there had been no
established  public  trading  market  for  the  common  stock  for  many  years.
Consequently,  information  regarding quotations of bid and asked prices for the
common stock was not available to the Registrant  during 1993,  1994, 1995, 1996
or 1997.

     The Registrant's  common stock is presently traded in the  over-the-counter
market on the Electronic  Bulletin Board System  operated by the NASD, (the "OTC
Bulletin  Board") under the symbol  "EGSY".  The following  table  indicates the
average high and low bid prices as quoted for the  Registrant's  common stock at
the  end  of  each  month   since   quotation   was   resumed.   The   following
over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up,
mark-down, or commission, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
The  range  of the  reported  high  and low bid  quotations  have  been  derived
primarily from information quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board System.

     The relevant  information  concerning the price range for the  Registrant's
common stock is as follows:

Date                     Closing Bid Price       Closing Offering Price
November 30, 1998       $0.0625                  $0.1875
December 31, 1998       $0.0625                  $0.1875
January 28, 1999        $0.0625                  $0.1875
February 26, 1999       $0.1875                  $1.4400
March 31, 1999          $0.2500                  $0.5000
April 30, 1999          $0.1875                  $0.5625

PENNY STOCK RULES

     Exchange  Act  Section  15(g)  requires  brokers  and  dealers to make risk
disclosures to customers before effecting any transactions in "penny stocks". It
also directs the Securities and Exchange Commission to adopt rules setting forth
additional  standards for disclosure of information  concerning  transactions in
penny stocks.

     Penny stocks are low-priced,  over-the-counter securities that are prone to
manipulation  because of their price and a lack of reliable  market  information
regarding  them.  Under  Section  3(a)(51)(A)  of the  Exchange  Act, any equity
security is considered to be a "penny stock," unless that security is:

                                       16
<PAGE>

(i) registered and traded on a national  securities  exchange meeting  specified
Securities and Exchange  Commission  criteria;  (ii) authorized for quotation on
the National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.'s  ("NASD")  automated
inter-dealer   quotation  system  ("NASDAQ");   (iii)  issued  by  a  registered
investment  company;  (iv)  excluded,  on the basis of price or the issuer's net
tangible  assets,  from the  definition of the term by  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  rule; or (v) excluded  from the  definition  by the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission.

     Pursuant to Section  3(a)(51)(B),  securities  that  normally  would not be
considered penny stocks because they are registered on an exchange or authorized
for quotation on NASDAQ may be designated as penny stocks by the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  if the  securities  are  traded  off  the  exchange  or if
transactions  in the  securities  are  effected  by market  makers  that are not
entering quotations in NASDAQ.

     Rule 3a51-1 was adopted by the Securities  and Exchange  Commission for the
purpose of  implementing  the  provisions  of  Section  3(a)(51).  Like  Section
3(a)(51),  it defines penny stocks by what they are not. Thus, the rule excludes
from the definition of penny stock any equity security that is: (1) a "reported"
security; (2) issued by an investment company registered under the 1940 Act; (3)
a put or call option issued by the Options Clearing  Corporation;  (4) priced at
five dollars or more;  (5) subject to last sale  reporting;  or (6) whose issuer
has assets above a specified amount. (Release No. 30608, Part III.A).

     Rule  3a51-1(a)  excludes  from the  definition  of penny  stock any equity
security that is a "reported security" as defined in Rule 11Aa3-1(a). A reported
security is any exchange-listed or NASDAQ security for which transaction reports
are  required  to  be  made  on a  real-time  basis  pursuant  to  an  effective
transaction  reporting  plan.  Securities  listed on the New York Stock Exchange
(the "NYSE"), certain regional exchange-listed securities that meet NYSE or Amex
criteria,   and  NASDAQ  National  Market  System  ("NMS")  securities  are  not
considered  penny  stocks.   (Release  No.  30608,  Part  III.A.1).   Generally,
securities  listed on the American Stock  Exchange (the "Amex")  pursuant to the
Amex's original and junior tier or its "Emerging  Company  Marketplace"  listing
criteria,  are not  considered  penny  stocks.  Securities  listed  on the  Amex
pursuant  to its  Emerging  Companies  Market  ("ECM")  criteria,  however,  are
considered to be "penny stock" solely for purposes of Exchange Act 15(b)(6).
(Release No. 30608, Part III.A.1).

     Rule 3a51-1(d) excludes securities that are priced at five dollars or more.
Price, in most cases, will be the price at which a security is purchased or sold
in  a  particular  transaction,  excluding  any  broker  commission,  commission
equivalent,  mark-up, or mark-down.  In the absence of a particular transaction,
the five dollar price may be based on the inside bid  quotation for the security
as displayed on a Qualifying  Electronic  Quotation  System (i.e.,  an automated
inter-dealer  quotation system as set forth in Exchange Act Section  17B(b)(2)).
"Inside bid  quotation" is the highest bid quotation for the security  displayed
by a market  maker in the  security on such a system.  If there is no inside bid
quotation,  the average of at least three inter-dealer bid quotations  displayed
by three  or more  market  makers  in the  security  must  meet the five  dollar

                                       17
<PAGE>

requirement.  Broker-dealers  may not rely on  quotations  if they know that the
quotations have been entered for the purpose of circumventing the rule. (Release
No. 30608, Part III.A.3.b).  An inter-dealer quotation system is defined in Rule
15c2-7(c)(1)  as any system of general  circulation  to brokers and dealers that
regularly disseminates quotations of identified brokers or dealers.

     In the case of a unit composed of one or more securities, the price divided
by the number of shares of the unit that are not  warrants,  options,  or rights
must be five dollars or more.  Furthermore,  the exercise  price of any warrant,
option,  or  right,  or of the  conversion  price of any  convertible  security,
included in the unit must meet the five dollar requirement.  For example: a unit
composed  of five shares of common  stock and five  warrants  would  satisfy the
requirements of the rule only if the unit price was twenty-five dollars or more,
and the warrant  exercise price was five dollars or more. Once the components of
the unit begin trading  separately on the  secondary  market,  they must each be
separately priced at five dollars or more. (Release No. 30608, footnote 66).

     Securities that are registered, or approved for registration upon notice of
issuance,  on  a  national  securities  exchange  are  also  excluded  from  the
definition of penny stock (Rule  3a51-1(e)).  The exchange must make transaction
reports  available  pursuant to Rule  11Aa3-1  for the  exclusion  to work.  The
exclusion is further  conditioned  on the current  price and volume  information
with respect to  transactions  in that security  being reported on a current and
continuing  basis  and made  available  to  vendors  of market  information.  In
addition,  the exclusion is limited to exchange-listed  securities that actually
are purchased or sold through the  facilities  of the exchange,  or as part of a
distribution.  Exchange-listed  securities satisfying Rule 3a51-1(e),  but which
are not otherwise excluded under Rule 3a51-1(a)-(d), continue to be deemed penny
stocks for purposes of Exchange Act Section 15(b)(6).

     Exchanges that qualified for this exclusion as of April 1992 were the NYSE,
Amex, Boston Stock Exchange,  Cincinnati Stock Exchange, Midwest Stock Exchange,
Pacific Stock exchange,  Philadelphia  Stock Exchange,  and the Chicago Board of
Options. (Release No. 30608, footnote 37).

     Securities that are registered, or approved for registration upon notice of
issuance,  on NASDAQ are  excluded  from the  definition  of penny  stock  (Rule
3a51-1(f)).  Similar to the exchange-registered exclusion of Rule 3a51-1(e), the
NASDAQ exclusion is conditioned on the current price and volume information with
respect  to  transactions  in that  security  being  reported  on a current  and
continuing basis and made available to vendors of market information pursuant to
the rules of NASD.  NASDAQ securities  satisfying Rule 3a51-1(e),  but which are
not otherwise  excluded  under Rule  3a51-1(a)-(d),  continue to be deemed penny
stocks for purposes of Exchange Act Section 15(b)(6).

     An exclusion is available  for the  securities of issuers that meet certain
financial  standards.  This exclusion pertains to: (i) issuers that have been in
continuous  operation  for at least three years  having net  tangible  assets in
excess  of $2  million  (Rule  3a51-1(g)(1));  (ii)  issuers  that  have been in

                                      18
<PAGE>

continuous  operation  for less than three years having net  tangible  assets in
excess of $5 million  (Rule  3a51-1(g)(1));  (iii)  issuers that have an average
revenue of at least $6 million for the last three years (Rule 3a51-1(g)(2)).  To
satisfy this requirement,  an issuer must have had total revenues of $18 million
by the end of a three-year period. (Release No. 30608, Part III.A.4).

     For domestic issuers,  net tangible assets or revenues must be demonstrated
by financial  statements that are dated no less than fifteen months prior to the
date of the  related  transaction.  The  statements  must have been  audited and
reported on by an independent  accountant in accordance with Regulation S-X. For
foreign private issuers, net tangible assets or revenues must be demonstrated by
financial  statements  that are dated no less than  fifteen  months prior to the
date  of the  related  transaction.  The  statements  must  be  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b). If the issuer has
not been required to furnish  financial  statements  during the previous fifteen
months,  the statements may be prepared and audited in compliance with generally
accepted accounting principles of the country of incorporation.

     Whether the issuer is domestic or foreign,  in all cases a broker or dealer
must review the financial  statements and have a reasonable  basis for believing
that they were  accurate as of the date they were made (Rule  3a51-1[g][3]).  In
most  cases a  broker-dealer  need not  inquire  about or  independently  verify
information  contained in the  statements.  (Release No. 30608,  Part  III.A.4).
Brokers  and  dealers  must keep  copies of the  domestic  or  foreign  issuer's
financial  statements for at least three years following the date of the related
transaction (Rule 3a51-1[g][4]).

     The Registrant's  securities are, as of the date of this report, subject to
the foregoing regulations as "Penny Stocks".

(b)     Holders.

        The number of holders of record of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the
Registrant  (its sole  class of common  equity) as of the close of  business  on
April 30, 1999 was approximately 2,233.

(c)     Dividends.

        The  Registrant  has not declared any  dividends on its common stock and
does not expect to do so at any time in the foreseeable future.

Item 6.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

Overview

     The  following   discussion   should  be  read  in  conjunction   with  the
Registrant's audited financial statements. Since 1995, the Registrant engaged in
the business of acquiring and operating interests in income producing commercial
real estate. During March of 1999, the Board of Directors concluded negotiations
to divest the Registrant of past agreements,  assets and liabilities  related to
real estate activity,  thus positioning the Registrant to undertake new business
endeavors or become a more attractive acquisition candidate.

                                       19
<PAGE>


Plan of Operation

     In November  1998 the Board of  Directors  retained  the Yankee  Companies,
Inc.,  a Florida  corporation,  ("Yankees")  to assist  in the  development  and
implementation of new strategic plans.  Yankees  recommended that the Registrant
develop  activities  in  two  areas.  The  first  recommendation  was  that  the
Registrant  provide  consulting  services to third parties that desire to attain
public trading status. The second  recommended  activity was that the Registrant
acquire  operating  companies  that could benefit from the  Registrant's  public
trading  status and from the  experience  of the  Registrant's  directors.  [See
further  discussion in Item 1.  Description of Business - New Strategic  Plans &
Change of Control.]

Consulting Services

     The Registrant,  through current officers and directors, will assist client
corporations with securities  registration and with initiating  trading in their
securities  in the  over-the-counter  market.  The  Registrant  will  benefit by
receiving  consideration  through the issuance of a set percentage of the Client
corporations'  common  stock  directly  to the  Registrant's  shareholders.  All
expenses related to these  transactions will be born by the Client  corporations
and the  percentage  of Client  corporation  stock  issued is  expected  to vary
between 10 - 15%.  The  Registrant's  Board of  Directors  have  authorized  its
officers to negotiate  consulting  agreements  with five  corporations  that are
interested in attaining public status. Only one definitive  arrangement has been
entered  into,  and  there  can  be no  assurances  that  any  other  definitive
arrangements  will ever take place.  (See Part 1, Item 1 for a discussion of the
FundsAmerica agreement)

Acquisitions

     Yankees and the  Registrant's  Management have engaged in discussions  with
several currently  operating  profitable  businesses with a view toward a future
association.  However,  only one  letter of intent  has been  entered  into.  No
definitive  arrangements have been entered into, nor can there be any assurances
that definitive arrangements will ever take place. Expenses related to potential
acquisitions  cannot be estimated at this time. The Registrant would be prepared
to seek  additional  equity  investment or a strategic  funding  relationship to
effect acquisitions at such time if it is prudent to do so.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations

     Full Fiscal Years

          Discontinued Operations

     Prior to the  discontinuance  of past  operations , all financial  activity
during 1997 and 1998 was the result of business  conducted  in  commercial  real
estate.  The Registrant  reported losses for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998 of $72,943 and $163,739, respectively.

                                       20
<PAGE>

This translates to a per share loss of $.019 for 1997 and $.039 for 1998.  These
losses were based on  corresponding  revenues of $214,001 and $162,395.  General
and  administrative  expenses  more than doubled in 1998 while  revenues fell by
almost 25%. (Refer to Note 9 of "Notes to Financial Statements" for a summary of
financial performance of discontinued operations)

     Total mortgage receivables  decreased as scheduled per mortgage agreements,
leading to the expected  decrease in total assets.  Total mortgage  payable also
decreased as expected but was partially offset by increase in accounts  payable,
yielding a slight  increase in total  liabilities  over the previous  year.  The
Registrant's  working  capital  position  weakened  over  the last  fiscal  year
resulting in a drop in the liquidity ratio from .5 in 1997 to .35 in 1998.

     On a cash basis,  operations  were  slightly  less than break even with the
deficit made up by the  issuance of common  stock.  This  resulted in a positive
total cash flow  position  for the year as opposed to a break even cash flow for
all activities for the prior year.

     The decline in the Registrant's  operations was materially  impacted by the
health  problems of Edward  Granville-Smith,  its president and sole director at
the time (see Part 1, Item 1).

          Interim Periods

     Management  has  taken  steps  to  redirect  the  business  focus  to  more
profitable  activities.  [See Item 1 and previous discussion in Item 6 regarding
new  strategic  plans.]  At  this  time  it is  not  possible  to  project  what
arrangements will result from the consulting or acquisition  activities that are
currently underway or the financial benefits to be gained from these activities.

     The effect of the Board's  decision to discontinue  past operations had the
effect of allowing the  Registrant to be  reclassified  as a  development  stage
company prepared to conduct  profitable  business  activities.  Current revenues
have been reduced to zero in  preparation  of new business  opportunities  being
sought out by the Registrant.

Year 2000 Compliance

     The inability of business processes to continue to function correctly after
the beginning of the Year 2000 could have serious  adverse  effects on companies
and entities  throughout the world.  The  Registrant  does not currently own any
computer  equipment  and thus  would not be  subject  directly  to any  problems
associated with such problem.  It currently uses computer equipment and programs
provided by its  management and  consultants,  none of which would be materially
affected by Year 2000 software or hardware  problems.  However,  in the event it
makes a material acquisition (such as the currently contemplated  acquisition of
American  Internet) such problems could affect the acquired entity's  operations
and, to the extent that the problem affects national  communications,  financial
or utility  businesses in general,  the  Registrant,  like all other  businesses
could be adversely affected.  In the event that the Registrant  experienced Year
2000 related problems,  it would be forced to expend such amounts of its working
capital as might be  necessary  to correct the  affected  software  and hardware
systems and implement contingency plans.

                                       21
<PAGE>


ITEM 7.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

(a)  Index to financial statements and financial statement schedules.

     The audited  balance  sheet of the  Registrant  for its years ended
December  31,  1998,  and  1997  and  related   statements  of  operations,
stockholder's  equity and cash flows for such years follow in sequentially
numbered pages numbered 24 through 27. The page numbers for the financial
statement categories are as follows:

22    Table of Contents, 1998
23    Report of  Independent Accountants  - December  31,  1998
24    Balance  Sheet - December 31, 1998 and 1997;
25    Statements  of Operations- December 31, 1998 and 1997;
26    Statements of  Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)- December 31, 1998 and 1997;
27    Statement of Cash Flows - December  31, 1998 and 1997;  and
28-33 Notes to Financial Statements - December 31, 1998 and 1997.

*    Cover Page, 1997;
*    Independent auditor's report, 1997;
*    Balance sheets -December 31, 1997 and 1996;
*    Statements of operations- December 31, 1997 and 1996;
*    Statements of shareholders' equity -December 31, 1997 and 1996;
*    Statements of cash flows- December 31, 1997 and 1996;
*    Notes to financial statements, 1997

Financial Statements follow
                                       22
<PAGE>

(b)  Financial Statements

                              BOWMAN& BOWMAN, P.A.
                          Certified Public Accountants

                         1705 Colonial Blvd., Suite D-l
                           Fort Myers, Florida 33907
                                 (941) 939-2301
                              (941) 939-1297 (Fax)

To the Board of Directors
Equity Growth Systems, inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
3821-B Tamiami Trail, Suite 201
Port Charlotte, Florida 33952

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Equity Growth Systems, inc.
(A Development Stage Company) as of December 31, 1998, and the related
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year
ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Equity Growth Systems, inc.
(A Development Stage Company) as of December 31, 1998, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 8 to the
financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from
operations and has a net working capital deficiency that together raise
substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's
plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 8. The financial
statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome
of this uncertainty.

/s/ Bowman & Bowman /s/

Bowman & Bowman, P.A.
Ft. Myers, Florida
April 23, 1999


                                       23
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                                  BALANCE SHEET
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998


                                      1998
                                   A S S E T S

CURRENT ASSETS
      Cash and cash equivalents ...........   $     13,182

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS .....................         13,182
OTHER ASSETS

TOTAL ASSETS ..............................   $     13,182

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

CURRENT LIABILITIES
        Accounts payable and other current
        liabilities ......................   $      4,661

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ................          4,661
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES .....................            -0-

TOTAL LIABILITIES .........................          4,661


SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Note 13) Preferred stock-no par value authorized
    5,000,000 shares; zero issued and
    outstanding .........................              -0-

    Common stock - $.01 par  value  authorized
    20,000,000 shares; issued and
    outstanding - 5,991,148 shares                   59,911

    Capital in excess of par value ...........      2,914,395
    Accumulated deficit prior to December
    31, 1998 ..............................     (2,965,785)

    Accumulated deficit from inception of
    development stage on December 31, 1998 ..         -0-

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS'
     EQUITY (DEFICIT) .......................         (8,521)
TOTAL LIABILITIES &
     SHAREHOLDERS'EQUITY (DEFICIT) ............   $   13,182

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                       24
<PAGE>




                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

                                         1998       1997

Income from Operations          $      -0-       $     -0-

Provisions for Income
 Taxes (Note 4) ....                   -0-             -0-

Loss from Discontinued
  Operations (Footnote 9)           399,415         74,043


 Net Loss ..........            $  (399,415)     $  (74,043)


 Basic Loss per Share           $   (0.096)      $   (0.019)


  Weighted Average of              4,174,778      3,807,814
        Shares Outstanding

  Fully Diluted Loss per Share  $    (0.095)  $     (0.019)

Fully Diluted Average
 Shares Outstanding                4,222,191      3,807,814


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                       25
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                  STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

                                                  Capital in
                    No. of         Common         Excess of      Accumulated
                    Shares         Stock          Par Value      Deficit

Balances, December
31, 1996            3,771,148      $37,711        $2,892,195     $(2,492,327)

Common Stock Issued
     (Services)        55,000          550               550         -0-

Net (loss) for the
year ended December
31, 1997                  -0-          -0-               -0-       (74,043)

Balances, December
31, 1997             3,826,148      38,261         2,892,745       (2,566,370)

Common Stock Issued
       (Services)      415,000       4,150             4,150          -0-

Common Stock Issued

(Cash)               1,750,000       17,500            17,500         -0-

Net loss for the
year ended December
31, 1998                -0-            -0-              -0-        (399,415)

Balances, December
31, 1998             5,991,148       $59,911        $2,914,395    $(2,965,785)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

                                       26
<PAGE>
                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc.
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

                                                1998          1997

Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net Loss ...........                            $  (399,415)   $   (74,043)

Adjustments to Reconcile Net (Loss)
to Net Cash Used by Operating
Activities

Loss on non-collectible
financial instruments                                    -0-        144,440
Common stock issued for services                       8,300          1,100

Changes in operating assets and Liabilities
Decrease (Increase) in other receivables             98,590        (98,580)

Increase (Decrease) in accounts
payable and current liabilities                      (  349)        (7,990)

Increase (Decrease) in cash overdraft ..             (    4)             4

Net Cash Provided (Used) by Operations             (292,878)       (35,069)

Cash Flows From Financial Activities
Common stock issued for cash                         35,000             -0-
Decrease (Increase) in mortgage
and notes receivable                              1,570,888        339,544
Increase (Decrease) in mortgage
and notes payable ..                             (1,299,828)      (305,437)

Net Cash Provided by Financial
Activities .........                                306,060         34,107

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                      13,182        (  962)

Cash-Beginning of Year                                  -0-            962

Cash-End of Year ...                            $     13,182      $     -0-

Supplemental Cash Flows Information
Cash paid for interest                          $   127,257    $    99,602


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements


                                       27
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 1   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business and Organization

     The Company (formerly known as InfoTech, Inc.) was organized under the laws
of the State of  Delaware on December  8, 1964.  The  principal  business of the
Company is specializing in structuring and marketing mortgaged backed securities
as well as the acquisition of select commercial real estate for its own account.
Effective  December 31, 1998 the company  discontinued the mortgage business and
was reclassified as a development stage company.

Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosures  of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  cash on hand,  cash in banks,  and any
highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of
purchase.

     The  Company  maintains  cash and cash  equivalent  balances at a financial
institution which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation up to
$100,000.  At December 31, 1998,  there is no  concentration of credit risk from
uninsured bank balances.

Fixed Assets

     The fixed assets are  depreciated  over their  estimated  allowable  useful
lives,  primarily over five to seven years.  Expenditures for major renewals and
betterments  that  extend the  useful  lives of fixed  assets  are  capitalized.
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as incurred.
Income Taxes

     In  February  1992,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued a
Statement  on  Financial  Accounting  Standards  109 of  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes".  Under Statement 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the estimated  future tax consequences  attributable to differences  between
the financial  statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective bases.


                                       28
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 1   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected to be
recovered or settled. Under Statement 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities  of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that
includes the enactment  date. The Company has net operation  loss  carryovers of
approximately $2,900,000 which expire by the year 2013.

Basic Loss Per Shares

     Primary basic loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by
the weighted  average  number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during the
year.

Fully Diluted Loss Per Shares

     Fully diluted loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss by
the  weighted  average  number of shares of common  stock  outstanding  plus the
shares that would be outstanding if all stock options were exercised.

NOTE 2   SETTLEMENT WITH CREDITORS - SUBSEQUENT EVENT

     On November  28, 1998,  the Company  offered  150,000  shares of its common
stock in  consideration  for the  cancellation  of $3,000 of legal and  advisory
services  currently shown as a liability on the Company's books.  This offer was
accepted in February of 1999.

NOTE 3   CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

     In 1997, a consulting  agreement with Warren A. McFadden was terminated and
the 110,000 shares of common stock he received, which were subsequently acquired
by Diversified Consulting, were used by Diversified as consideration to cancel a
$30,000 promissory note liability owed to the Company.

     In 1998 a consulting  agreement  with Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  (Yankee) a
Florida  corporation was executed to develop investment  banking  relationships,
develop access to debt and equity capital  markets and to develop growth through
acquisition of complementary business operations.  In consideration for Yankee's
assistance,  Yankee is to receive  options for common  stock equal to 10% of the
outstanding shares the company.



                                       29
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 4   INCOME TAXES

     As discussed in Note 1, the Company has applied the provisions of Financial
Accounting Standards Statement 109.

     The  significant  components of deferred income tax expense benefit for the
year ended December 31, 1998 arising from net operating losses as follows:
                                         1998

       Deferred tax benefit           $ 188,920
            Valuation allowance         (188,920)
                                      $       -
                                        ======

     The Company has operating loss carryforwards in excess of $2,000,000. There
is no  reasonable  expectation  that any tax  benefits  can be  utilized  in the
future.

NOTE 5   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     During the year ended December 31, 1998 the Company issued its common stock
for cash and in exchange for services as follows:

(a)  On March 26th 290,000 shares of common stock were issued at $ .02 per share
     for  services.

(b)  On  September  9th 50,000  shares of common  stock were issued at $ .02 per
     share for services.

(c)  On  December  9th 75,000  shares of common  stock were  issued at $ .02 per
     share for services and 1,750,000  shares were issued at $ .02 per share for
     cash.  During the year the Company  also issued  stock  options for 200,000
     shares  to the  president  of  the  corporation  and  signed  a  consulting
     agreement  which resulted in an additional  stock option of 586,615 shares.
     The  options  are   exercisable  at  $.02  per  share  and  accordingly  no
     compensation  expense  has  been  recorded  or will be  incurred  with  the
     issuance.

                                       30
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 6   LEGAL MATTERS

     The Company is currently not a party to any legal proceedings. Although the
Company is not a party to the following proceedings directly,  they involve real
estate located in Kansas and Tennessee in which the Company had an interest.

A.   On  October  20,  1997,  the  various  parties  to a wrap  around  mortgage
     transaction  with the Company and the current tenant agreed to settle,  but
     certain parties  reserved claims against each other.  The settlement  calls
     for a payment  from the current  tenant of  $150,000  in  exchange  for the
     transfer  of a clear and free  title of the  underlying  real  estate.  The
     mortgage holder Fleet National Bank received  $52,000 and the balance to be
     held in escrow  between the other  parties.  The Company holds the position
     that the ultimate disbursement of the substantial portion of these escrowed
     funds should be earmarked for the reduction of the wrap around mortgage and
     promissory  note  receivable.  Therefore  the  Company has set up an escrow
     receivable  for  $98,000  ($150,000  52,000).  The  escrow  receivable  was
     determined  to  be  uncollectable   and  was  expensed  in  the  loss  from
     discontinued operations.

B.   The Company was also in default of the mortgage on this property located in
     Memphis, Tennessee because it could not satisfy the balloon payment, in the
     original amount of $193,580,  that was due on December 31, 1996.  ($174,801
     at 12/31/96).  The mortgage holder  (Lutheran  Brotherhood)  has refused to
     renegotiate  or extend  the term of the  mortgage  and would not accept any
     further  amortization  payments  from the lessor of the  underlying  lease,
     other  than the one made in  December,  1996,  which was based upon the old
     repayment  schedule's terms.  Through August 1997, the Company had received
     funds from Sun West  N.O.P.,  the  lessor on the  underlying  lease,  which
     represented the monthly rent payments made on such lease ($4,609.38) by the
     tenant of the Memphis  Property.  Because  the  mortgage  holder  could not
     accept  any  amortization  payments  on their  matured  loan  from Sun West
     N.O.P.,  the  Company was using such  proceeds  to reduce the related  wrap
     mortgage  receivable.  In August of 1997, the mortgage holder foreclosed on
     the mortgage payable,  which resulted in a foreclosure sale of the Memphis,
     Tennessee property. As a result of these events of foreclosure, the Company
     wrote off the balance on the mortgage payable and the related wrap mortgage
     receivable  ($251,772) and promissory note receivable ($93,686) at December
     31, 1996.

                                       31
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 7   MATERIAL SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Granville-Smith Jr. Recission Settlement Agreement

     On  March   22,   1999,   the   Registrant's   former   president,   Edward
Granville-Smith,  rescinded  by  agreement  of all  employment,  consulting  and
creditor agreements and the following transactions described in previous reports
on 10-KSB by the  Registrant  and on previous  filings with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission as follows:

     "During March of 1995, the Registrant's  Board of Directors  elected Edward
Granville-Smith,  then  president  of  KSG  (then  operating  as  EGSI),  to the
Registrant's  Board of  Directors,  after which,  all  directors  other than Mr.
Granville-Smith  resigned. Mr.  Granville-Smith,  as the sole director,  elected
himself as president,  chief executive  officer and chairman of the Registrant's
Board of Directors.  Thereafter,  Mr. Granville-Smith,  as the sole stockholder,
officer  and  director  of  Milpitas  Investors,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation
("Milpitas"),  caused Milpitas to assign interests of four leases involving five
separate  leased  parcels of real estate (one lease  covers two  parcels),  four
promissory notes secured by mortgages on real estate leased to third parties, in
each case subject to  mortgages  to third  parties and four demand notes with an
aggregate  original  principal  balance  of  approximately   $160,000,   to  the
Registrant in exchange for  1,616,000  shares of the  Registrant's  common stock
$0.01 par value.  The demand notes are subject to an arrangement  with Mr. Jerry
C. Spellman (which the Registrant has agreed to honor) whereby  payments thereon
are used to repay a $100,000 loan by Mr.  Spellman to a former holder.  Milpitas
thereafter  distributed such stock to  Granville-Smith  Trust,  which thereafter
transferred  to K. Walker,  Ltd., a Bahamian  corporation  (affiliated  with Mr.
Granville-Smith) and Bolina Trading Registrant,  a Panamanian corporation and/or
the WEFT Trust, (affiliated with Jerry C. Spellman)." Spellman General Release

     On March 22, 1999, Mr. Jerry C.  Spellman,  on his own behalf and on behalf
of, Bolina Trading  Registrant,  S.A., a Panamanian  Corporation,  also known as
Bolina  Trading  Registrant,  A  Panamanian  Corporation,   and  Bolena  Trading
Corporation,  S.A.,  Panamanian  Corporation,  and the  WEFT  Trust  signed  and
executed for the protection of the Company a general release.

                                       32
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, inc
                          (A Development Stage Company)
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1998

NOTE 8   GOING CONCERN

     The accompanying  financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
organization  will  continue  as  a  going  concern.  As  discussed  below,  the
organization  has a working  capital  deficit and an  accumulated  deficit  that
raises  substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.  The
financial  statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the
outcome of this uncertainty.

     Management  has  entered  into  agreements  (Note 15) that  reduce  current
revenues  to  zero.  This  is in  preparation  for  new  business  opportunities
currently being sought out by the Company.

     The  Company's  continued  existence  as a going  concern  will require the
infusion of new businesses.  It is anticipated that the Company will effect this
transition   through  the   acquisition   of  companies  that  will  operate  as
subsidiaries.  The  Company's  continuation  is  dependent  upon its  ability to
acquire profitable businesses, control costs, and attain a satisfactory level of
profitability with sufficient financing capabilities or equity investment.

NOTE  9 - LOSS FROM  DISCONTINUED  OPERATIONS

     On March 22, 1999,  the Company  entered  into an agreement  (Note 15) that
results in the  discontinued  operations of the mortgage finance  business.  The
following  is a summary of income  (loss) from  operations  of the  discontinued
mortgage finance business.

                                               1998               1997

Revenues of Discontinued Operations        $ 162,395          $   214,001
Expenses of Discontinued Operations          184,535              288,044
Loss from Operations of
        Discontinued Operations               22,140          $    74,043

Loss on Disposal of
        Discontinued Operation                377,275                -0-

Loss From
        Discontinued Operations             $ 399,415             $ 74,043


                                       33
<PAGE>



                          EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


                                       34
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         Independent auditor's report                                 1

         Balance sheets                                           2 - 3

         Statements of operations                                     4

         Statements of shareholders' equity                           5

         Statements of cash flows                                     6

         Notes to financial statements                           7 - 16


                                       35
<PAGE>


                              BAUM & COMPANY, P.A.
                           Certified Public Accountant
                        1515 University Drive, suite 209
                          Coral Springs, Florida 33071
                                 (954) 752-1712

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT


To the Shareholders of
Equity Growth Systems, Inc.
Port Charlotte, Florida

We have audited the balance  sheets of Equity Growth  Systems,  Inc. at December
31,  1997 and 1996,  and the related  statements  of  operations,  shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the years then ended.  These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We were unable to obtain a discussion or evaluation  from the Company's  outside
legal counsel of pending or threatened litigations described in Note 14.

In our opinion, except for the effects on the 1997 and 1996 financial statements
of such adjustments,  if any, as might have been determined to be necessary have
we been able to obtain a  discussion  or  evaluation  of pending  or  threatened
litigation  from  the  Company's  outside  legal  counsel  as  discussed  in the
preceding paragraph, the financial statements referred to in the first paragraph
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of Equity
Growth  Systems,  Inc.,  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of its
operations  and its cash  flows  for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



May 4, 1998
Coral Springs, Florida

                                       36
<PAGE>



                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996





                                     ASSETS


                                                  1997                    1996
                                                  ----                    ----
Current Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents               $     - 0 -              $      962
   Other receivables                            98,580                   - 0 -
   Mortgage receivable,
         current portion(Notes 6 and 7)        150,380                 160,436
   Promissory notes, current portion
         (Note 8)                                5,480                   6,844
                                           -----------             -----------
         Total Current Assets                  254,440                 168,242
                                           -----------             -----------


Equipment
   Net of $2,022 accumulated depreciation
     at December 31, 1997 and 1996              - 0 -                    - 0 -
                                           -----------              ----------


Other Assets
   Mortgages receivable (Notes 6 and 7)     1,121,257                1,577,559
   Promissory Notes (Notes 8)                 245,345                  264,029
   Interest Receivable                         48,426                   46,004
                                          -----------              -----------
                  Total Other Assets        1,415,028                1,887,592
                                          -----------              -----------

                  Total Assets            $ 1,669,468              $ 2,055,834
                                          ===========              ===========


                                       37
<PAGE>



                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities
   Cash Overdraft                         $         4              $     - 0 -
   Accounts Payable And
         Other Current liabilities(Note 3)      5,000                   12,990
   Mortgage payable, current portion
         (Note 7)                             164,693                  276,605
   Note Payable (Note 9)                      135,476                  121,946
                                          -----------              -----------
                Total Current Liabilities     305,169                  411,541


Long-Term Liabilities
   Mortgage payable (Note 7)                  999,663                1,206,714
                                          -----------              -----------
                  Total Liabilities         1,304,832                1,618,255
                                          -----------              -----------


Shareholders' Equity (Note 13)
   Preferred Stock - no par value
         authorized-5,000,000 shares;
         zero issued and outstanding            - 0 -                    - 0 -


  Common  stock  - $.01  par  value  authorized-20,000,000  shares;  issued  and
     outstanding-3,826,148 and 3,771,148 shares in 1997 and in
     1996, respectively                        38,261                   37,711
    Capital in excess of par value          2,891,645                2,892,195
  Accumulated deficit                      (2,565,270)
(2,492,327)
                                           ----------
- ---------
               Total Shareholders' Equity     364,636                  437,579
                                           ----------
- ---------
                    Total Liabilities and
                    Shareholders' Equity  $ 1,669,468              $ 2,055,834
                                          ===========              ===========




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                       38
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


                                                    1997           1996
                                                    ----           ----

Revenue                                       $  214,001          $225,031
                                              ----------          ---------
Loss on Noncollectable Financial Instruments
   -Net                                          144,440          170,657
General and Administrative Expenses              142,504          300,090
                                              ----------          ----------
                                                 286,944          470,747
                                              ----------          ----------

Loss before provision for income taxes          (72,943)          (245,716)

Provisions for income taxes (Note 10)              - 0 -          3,843
                                              ----------          ----------

Net Loss                                      $  (72,943)         $(249,559)
                                              ==========          ==========
Loss per share                                $    (.019)         $(.073)
                                              ==========          ==========
Weighted average of shares outstanding         3,807,814          3,402,810
                                              ----------          ----------


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       39
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996




                                                   Capital In
                              No. of    Common     excess of
Accumulated
                              Shares    Stock      Par Value          Deficit
                              ------    ------     ----------       -----------

Balances
  December 31, 1995        2,822,072    28,221      2,881,492       (2,242,768)

Common Stock Issued          949,076     9,490         10,703         (249,559)
Net Loss For the
  Year Ended
  December 31, 1996
                          ---------- ---------  -------------      -----------

Balances
  December 31, 1996        3,771,148    37,711      2,892,195      (2,492,327)

Common Stock Issued           55,000       500           (550)       (72,943)

Net Loss For the
  Year Ended
  December 31, 1997
                          ---------- ---------  --------------    -----------

Balances
  December 31, 1997        3,826,148  $ 38,211     $ 2,891,645    $(2,565,270)
                          ========== =========  ==============    ===========



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                             STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996






                                                     1997        1996
                                                     ----        ----
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net Loss                                     $  (72,943)       $(249,559)

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to
 Net Cash Used for Operating Activities:
  Depreciation                                       - 0 -         - 0-
- -
  Loss on Noncollectable Financial
  Instruments - Net                                144,440        170,657
  (Increase) Decrease in Other Receivables         (98,580)       5,671
  (Increase) Decrease in Mortgage
   and Notes Receivable                            339,544        178,526
  (Decrease) in Accounts Payable and
   Current Liabilities                              (7,990)       (28,168)
  Increase (Decrease) in Mortgages and
   Note Payable                                   (305,437)       (96,358)
                                                 ----------       ---------

         Net Cash Used for Operations                 (966)       (19,231)
                                                 ----------       ---------
Cash Flow From Financing Activities:

  Issuance of Common Stock                            - 0 -       9,490
  Additional Paid in Capital Generated
   As a result of Issuance of Common Stock            - 0 -       10,703
                                                 ----------       ---------

         Net Cash Provided by
                  Financing Activities                - 0 -       20,193
                                                 ----------       -------

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                       (966)       962
Cash - Beginning of Year                               962         - 0
- -
                                                 ----------       ---------

Cash - End of Year                              $       (4)       $962
                                                 ==========      =========

Supplemental Cash Flows Information:
  Cash Paid for Interest                        $   99,602       $183,735
  Cash Paid for Income Taxes                         - 0 -        2,551



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                       41
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
        ------------------------------------------

        Business and Organization

     The Company (formerly known as InfoTech, Inc.) was organized under the laws
of the State of  Delaware on December  8, 1964.  The  principal  business of the
Company is specializing in structuring and marketing mortgaged backed securities
as well as,  the  acquisition  of  select  commercial  real  estate  for its own
account. Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosures  of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash
and cash  equivalents  include cash on hand,  cash in banks,  any highly  liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.

     The  Company  maintains  cash and cash  equivalent  balances at a financial
institution which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation up to
$100,000.  At December 31, 1997,  there is no  concentration of credit risk from
uninsured bank balances.

        Fixed Assets

     The fixed assets are  depreciated  over their  estimated  allowable  useful
lives,  primarily over five to seven years  utilizing the modified  acceleration
cost recovery  system.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and  betterments  that
extend  the  useful  lives of fixed  assets are  capitalized.  Expenditures  for
maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as incurred. 67

                                       42
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
         ------------------------------------------------------

        Income Taxes

     In  February  1992,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued a
Statement  on  Financial  Accounting  Standards  109 of  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes." Under Statement 109,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the estimated  future tax consequences  attributable to differences  between
the financial  statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and
their respective  bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted  tax rates in effect for the year in which those  temporary  differences
are  expected to be  recovered or settled.  Under  Statement  109, the effect on
deferred tax assets and  liabilities  of a change in tax rates is  recognized in
income in the period that includes the enactment date.

       Earnings / Loss Per Share

     Primary  earnings  per common share are computed by dividing the net income
(loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock
equivalents  outstanding  during  the year.  The  number of shares  used for the
fiscal years ended  December  31, 1997 and 1996 were  3,807,814  and  3,402,810,
respectively.

NOTE 2 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
         -----------------------------

                                                      1997 and  1996
                                                            ---------

        Equipment                                            $ 2,022
                                                             -------

        Less Accumulated Depreciation                         (2,022)
                                                             -------
                                                             $ - 0 -
                                                             =======

        Depreciation  expense  charged during 1997 and 1996, was $ - 0 -.

                                       43
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 3 - SETTLEMENTS WITH CREDITORS
         --------------------------

     On October 31, 1996,  the Company issued 200,000 shares of its common stock
in  consideration  for the  cancellation  of $107,393 owed by the Corporation to
Diversified  Corporate Consulting Group, LLC for professional  services rendered
since 1994.  Additionally,  in June and October of 1996,  the Company  issued an
aggregate  of 460,000  shares of the  Company's  $.01 par value common stock for
advisory services performed on its behalf with a value of $4,600.

NOTE 4 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
         ---------------------

     The   Company   entered   into  an   employment   agreement   with   Edward
Granville-Smith,  a chief  executive  officer for an initial  term of five years
commencing June 1, 1995. The Company registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission to issue 110,000 shares of common stock to Edward Granville-Smith for
compensation for services prior to June 1, 1995. In addition, annual salary in a
sum equal to the lesser of 5% of the Company's annual gross income on a calendar
basis or 15% of its net pre-tax  profit as  determined  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  without taking depreciation or tax credits into account to be paid on
or before  March 30 following  the calendar for which salary is due;  subject to
availability of cash flow. Edward  Granville-Smith  would also be entitled to an
annual bonus  payable in shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  determined by
dividing 5% of the Company's  pre-tax  profits for the subject  calendar year by
the  average  bid price for the  Company's  common  stock  during the first five
trading  days  prior to the end of the last day of each year and the first  five
days of the new year.  During May of 1996,  the Company  recruited two executive
officers,  Messers.  Gene R. Moffitt and Donald E. Homan,  both with offices in
Kansas City,  Missouri.  Such recruitment was effected in two parts,  first, the
Company  exchanged  100,000 shares with each (200,000  shares in the aggregate),
for all of the capital  stock in their  recently  formed  corporations  (Moffitt
Properties,  Ltd., and Homan Equities,  Inc., both Missouri  corporations),  and
then the Company and the subject corporation entered into employment agreements.
Each  employment   agreement  was  identical  and  provides  for  the  following
compensation.

(a)  An annual bonus payable in shares of the Company's common stock, determined
     by dividing 10% of the Company's pre-tax

                                      44
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997

NOTE 4 - EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS (Continued)
         --------------------------------

     profits  for the  subject  calendar  year by the  average bid price for the
     Company's  common  stock at during the last five  trading days prior to the
     end of the last day of each year and the initial five days of the new year,
     provided,  however, that the employment agreement shall have been in effect
     for at least one half of the subject year;  and,  provided  further that in
     the event of a reorganization  pursuant to which another entity becomes the
     Company's  parent,  the  common  stock of such  entity  shall  be  issuable
     hereunder, rather than that of the Company.

(b)  An annual cash bonus equal to 40% of the Company's  pre-tax profits for the
     subject calendar year,  provided,  however,  that the employment  agreement
     shall have been in effect for at least one half of the subject year.

(c)  A guaranteed minimum monthly draw against the annual bonus described above,
     in a sum equal to not be less than $6,250;  subject to availability of cash
     flow.

(d)  On November 28, 1997,  the Board of Directors  accepted the  resignation of
     Mr. Moffitt.

NOTE 5 - CONSULTING AGREEMENTS
         ---------------------

     The Company had entered into two consulting agreements. One with the Bolina
Trading Company,  S.A., a Panamanian  corporation and the second one with Warren
A. McFadden. Each consultant serves as a special advisor to Mr. Granville-Smith,
in conjunction with Mr. Granville-Smith's role as an officer and director of the
Company,  with special  responsibilities  in the areas of strategic planning and
raising debt on equity  capital  required to implement the  Company's  strategic
plans. The agreements' terms called for Bolina Trading Company,  S.A. to receive
as compensation  84,000 shares of the Company's  common stock plus $100 per hour
after  520 hours of  service  per year and  Warren A.  McFadden  to  receive  as
compensation  110,000  shares of the Company's  common stock plus $100 per hours
after 520 hours of service per year. Subsequent to December 31, 1995, all of the
above shares of the Company's common stock were issued.

     In 1996,  the  consulting  agreement with Warren A. McFadden was terminated
and the 110,000  shares of common  stock he  received,  which were  subsequently
acquired by Diversified Consulting, were used by Diversified as consideration to
cancel a $30,000 promissory note liability owed to the Company.

                                       45
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 6 - INDENTURE OF TRUST AND WRAP AROUND MORTGAGES RECEIVABLE
         -------------------------------------------------------
     On June 30, 1995,  the Company issued  1,616,000  shares of common stock in
payment  of an  indenture  of trust and wrap  around  mortgages  subject  to the
underlying  mortgages,  from the following  partnerships:  Pay-West  Associates,
Montco Associates, San-Safe Associates and San-Ten Associates.

     The indenture of trust consisted of (4) four demand notes bearing  interest
at prime  plus 4%.  These  notes are  payable  from the  rental  of the  various
properties less payment on the wrap around mortgages. The payment does not cover
the accrued interest which is added back to the notes.

     The wrap  around  mortgage  notes bear  interest  of 9.08% to  13.50%.  The
related  underlying  mortgages bear interest at 9.625% to 9.75%.  The difference
between  payments on the wrap around  mortgages  and  underlying  mortgages  are
applied to debt service of the demand notes.

NOTE 7 - MORTGAGES
         ---------

        Mortgages consist of the following:
                                                           12/31/97   12/31/96
                                                           --------    -------
        Subordinate "wrap" mortgage receivables:
        (a)      Nevada/California Property   12.904%    $  681,212   $771,716
        (b)      Tennessee Property (Note 14) 13.500%         - 0 -       - 0
- -
        (c)      Kansas Property (Note 14)    12.320%         - 0 -    325,717
        (d)      Oregon Property               9.080%       590,425    640,562
                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                          1,271,637  1,737,995
               Less Current Portion                      (150,380)  (160,436)
                                                         ---------- ----------
                                                         $1,121,257 $1,577,559
                                                         ========== ==========

        Original Mortgages Payables:
        (a)      Nevada/California Property    9.750%    $  625,774 $753,493
        (b)      Tennessee Property (Note 14)  9.625%         - 0 -   - 0
- -
        (c)      Kansas Property (Note 14)     9.750%         - 0 -  127,037
        (d)      Oregon Property               9.750%       538,582  602,789
                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                          1,164,356  1,483,319
                Less Current Portion                      (164,693)  (276,605)
                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                         $  999,663  $1,206,714
                                                         ==========  ==========

                                       46
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 7 - MORTGAGES (Continued)
         ---------------------


(a)  The mortgage  secures a promissory  note and is payable in equal  quarterly
     installments of $42,701.69  with a final payment of  $291,096.92,  maturing
     January  1,  2001.  There is also an  underlying  "wrap"  mortgage  that is
     payable in equal  quarterly  installments  of $42,826.50,  maturing July 1,
     2005,  with  quarterly  payments  decreasing to $9,314.75 for the last five
     years.


(b)  The mortgage  secured a promissory  note and was payable in equal quarterly
     installments  of $23,437.01,  with a final payment of $198,238.33  maturing
     December 31, 1996.  There also was an underlying  "wrap"  mortgage that was
     payable in equal quarterly  installments of $23,562.25  maturing  December,
     2006, with quarterly  payments  decreasing to $7,329 for the last 10 years.
     At December  31, 1996 the  mortgage  payable was in default and in 1997 the
     mortgage  holder  foreclosed  on it.  Therefore,  the mortgage  payable and
     related wrap mortgage receivable were written off. (See Note 14).

(c)  The mortgage  secures a promissory  note and was payable in equal quarterly
     installments  of  $18,508.87  with a final  payment  of  $136,999  maturing
     December 31, 1995.  There is also an  underlying  "wrap"  mortgage  that is
     payable in annual  installments of $74,482,  maturing October 1, 2005, with
     annual payments decreasing to $22,962 the last 10 years. (See Note 14).

(d)  The mortgage  secures a promissory  note and is payable in equal  quarterly
     installments of $26,409.87  with a final payment of  $232,199.50,  maturing
     January  1,  2003.  There is also an  underlying  "wrap"  mortgage  that is
     payable in equal annual payments of $106,640 maturing December 31, 2002.

                                       47
<PAGE>

                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 8 - NOTES RECEIVABLE
         ----------------
                                                            1997      1996
                                                             ----     ----
                  Nevada/California Property            $ 153,803    $138,699
                  --------------------------
                  Quarterly payments of $868.55
                  4% above prime, currently 12.40%
                  original amount $63,000

                  Tennessee                                 - 0 -         - 0-
                  --------------------------
                  Quarterly payment of $477.90 4% above prime,  currently 12.40%
                  original amount $40,000. At 12/31/96 the Note was deemed to be
                  uncollectable and was written off (See Note 14).

                  Kansas                                    - 0 -        44,680
                  --------------------------
                  Quarterly payments of $341.73 4% above prime, currently 12.40%
                  original amount $21,073 (See Note 14)

                  Oregon                                   97,022        87,494
                  --------------------------
                  Quarterly payments of $501.13
                  4% above prime, currently 12.40%
                  original amount $38,742
                                                          -------       -------
                                                          250,825       270,873
                              Less Current Portion         (5,480)     (6,844)
                                                          -------      -------
                                                        $ 245,345    $ 264,029
                                                        =========    ==========


NOTE 9 - NOTE PAYABLE
         ------------                                        1997    1996
                                                             ----    ----
A secured note payable including  accrued interest,  due on demand with interest
payable  quarterly  at a rate of 10% per  annum.  This loan was  assumed  by the
Company as part of the asset  acquisition.  The Note has a  cumulative  interest
claus on any short fall in payment being added to the original  principal amount
of $104,000. To date no payments have been made. $116,049 $105,500

A secured note payable, due on demand, including accrued
interest  at a rate  of 10%  per  annum.                   19,427    16,446
                                                         --------    --------
                                                         $135,476    $121,946
                                                         ========    ========

                                       48
<PAGE>



                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 10 - INCOME TAXES
          ------------

     As discussed in Note 1, the Company has applied the provisions of Statement
109. The  significant  components of deferred income tax expense benefit for the
years  ended  December  31,  1997 and 1996  arising  from net  operating  losses
follows:
                                                          1997        1996
                                                           ----       ----
                  Deferred Tax Benefit                 $ 36,664      $11,800

                  Valuation Allowance                    36,664       11,800
                                                       --------       --------

                                                       $  - 0 -       $ - 0-
                                                       ========       ========
     The  Company  has  operating  loss carry  forwards in excess of two million
dollars  that can be used to offset  future  taxable  income.  1996  income  tax
expense  consist of prior years'  Federal  income tax of $1,292 and prior years'
Delaware franchise tax of $2,551.

NOTE 11 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION
          -------------------------

     The chief  executive  officer  of the  Company  is also an  officer  of the
general partner in all the  partnerships  involved in the wrap around  mortgages
subject to the underlying mortgages and promissory notes.

NOTE 12 - COMPENSATION
          ------------

        No officer or director has received any compensation to date.

NOTE 13 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
          --------------------

     On May 18, 1995, the Company  adopted a resolution to change the authorized
capitalization as follows:

(a)  The 2,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value then authorized,  all
     of which were  currently  outstanding,  were  reverse  split  into  200,000
     shares, $0.01 par value; and immediately thereafter;

(b)  The Company's  authorized  common stock was increased from 200,000  shares,
     $0.01 par value, to 20,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, and


                                    49
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 13 - STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Continued)
          -------------------------------

(c)  The Company was authorized to issue  5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock,
     the  attributes of which are to be  determined  by the  Company's  Board of
     Directors  from time to time,  prior to issuance,  in  conformity  with the
     requirements of Sections 151 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

NOTE 14 - LEGAL MATTERS
          -------------

     The Company is currently not a party to any legal proceedings. Although the
Company is not a party to the following proceedings directly,  they involve real
estate located in Kansas and Tennessee in which the Company has an interest.

A.   On  October  20,  1997,  the  various  parties  to a wrap  around  mortgage
     transaction  with the company and the current tenant agreed to settle,  but
     certain parties  reserved claims against each other.  The settlement  calls
     for a payment  from the current  tenant of  $150,000  in  exchange  for the
     transfer  of a clear and free  title of the  underlying  real  estate.  The
     mortgage holder Fleet National Bank received  $52,000 and the balance to be
     held in escrow  between the other  parties.  The Company holds the position
     that the ultimate  disbursement of a substantial  portion of these escrowed
     funds should be earmarked for the reduction of the wrap around mortgage and
     promissory note receivable.

B.   The Company was also in default of the mortgage on the property  located in
     Memphis, Tennessee because it could not satisfy the balloon payment, in the
     original amount of $193,580,  that was due on December 31, 1996.  ($174,801
     at 12/31/96.  The mortgage  holder  (Lutheran  Brotherhood)  had refused to
     renegotiate  or extend  the term of the  mortgage  and would not accept any
     further  amortization  payments  from the lessor of the  underlying  lease,
     other  than the one made in  December,  1996,  which was based upon the old
     repayment  schedule's terms.  Through August 1997, the Company had received
     funds from Sun West  N.O.P.,  the  lessor on the  underlying  lease,  which
     represented the monthly rent payments made on such lease ($4,609.38) by the
     tenant of the Memphis  Property.  Because  the  mortgage  holder  would not
     accept  any  amortization  payments  on their  matured  loan  from Sun West
     N.O.P.,  the  Company was using such  proceeds  to reduce the related  wrap
     mortgage
                                      50
<PAGE>


                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                DECEMBER 31, 1997


NOTE 14 - LEGAL MATTERS (Continued)
          ------------------------

     receivable.  In August  of 1997,  the  mortgage  holder  foreclosed  on the
     mortgage  payable,  which  resulted in a  foreclosure  sale of the Memphis,
     Tennessee property. As a result of these events of foreclosure, the Company
     wrote off the balance on the mortgage payable and the related wrap mortgage
     receivable  ($251,722) and promissory note receivable ($93,686) at December
     31, 1996. (See Notes 7 and 8).


                                       51

<PAGE>

(c)       Selected Financial Data

     The selected historical  financial  information of the Registrant set forth
below should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements of the
Registrant and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this report.

     The statement of operations  data for the year ended  December 31, 1998 and
1997,  and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  are derived
from, and are qualified by reference to, the audited financial statements of the
Registrant which are included  elsewhere in this report.  No cash dividends have
ever been declared or paid on shares of the Registrant's Common Stock.

     The required financial statements of the Registrant are included as part of
this report beginning on page 22.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA :
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
                                                       -------------------------
                                                             1998           1997
                                                       ----------     ----------

Total Revenues............................             $       0         $    0
Total Costs and Expenses..................               399,415         74,043
Loss from Operations......................              (399,415)       (74,043)
Total Other Expenses .....................                     0              0
Net Loss .................................              (399,415)      (74,043)
Net Loss Applicable
 to Common Shareholders...................              (399,415)       (74,043)
Net Loss Per
  Common Share............................              (0.096)         (0.095)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------
                                                             1998           1997
                                                       ----------     ----------
Working Capital ..........................             $  8,521       $(149,309)
Total Assets..............................               13,182        1,669,168
Total Liabilities.........................                4,661        1,304,832
Stockholders' Equity   ...................                8,521         364,636


                                       52
<PAGE>

(d) Pro Forma Financial Data

     The following  information  attempts to demonstrate in summary fashion what
the Registrant's operations would have reflected, had it owned American Internet
(See Item 1, Business) throughout 1998 but not owned the operations subsequently
directed.  Because no  assuarnces  can be provided  that the  American  Internet
acquisition  will  ever  be  effected,  these  materials  should  be  viewed  as
speculative,  forward  looking  statements.  The data is based on the  unaudited
financial  information  contained in the American Internet  Memorandum (see Item
13, Exhibit Index).

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA :
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

Total Revenues............................             $ 857,418
Total Costs and Expenses..................             1,187,627
Loss from Operations......................              (330,209)
Net Loss .................................              (330,209)
Net Loss Applicable
 to Common Shareholders...................              (330,209)
Net Loss Per
  Common Share *..........................              (0.055)

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

Working Capital ..........................             $  12,215
Accounts Receivable.......................                85,614
Prepaid Expenses .........................                 4,461
Fixed Assets .............................                22,266
Long Term Assets .........................                13,300
Total Assets..............................               142,517
Total Liabilities.........................                60,029
Stockholders' Equity   ...................                77,827
Stockholder's Equity per share * .........                 0.013

*    Per share data is based on the assumption  that  2,500,000  shares had been
     issued  at the inception of American  Internet's  financial  data  period
     (starting April 1, 1998) and that consequently, the weighted average number
     of shares  outstanding  for the period,  had been  increased by 1,1875,000
     (2,500,000 x 3/4) to 6,035,573.

                                       53
<PAGE>


ITEM 8.        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS.

     The response to this item is  incorporated  by reference to the  comparable
item in the Registrant's report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended  December  31,
1997,  supplemented  by the  Response to Part II of the  Registrant's  quarterly
report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter  ended  September  30, 1998,  as
permitted by Rule 12b-23,  Item 4 of the Registrant's  Form 8-KSB filed on March
5, 1999 and a copy of the  Change in  Auditors  letter is filed as an exhibit to
the Form 8-KSB/A filed on April 2, 1999.

     In conjunction with the audit of the Registrant's  financial statements for
the Year ended  December  31,  1998,  the  Registrant's  legal  counsel  and its
management  disagree  with  the  auditor's  disclosure  in  footnotes  3  and  5
concerning options granted to the Yankee Companies,  Inc., a Florida corporation
("Yankees") by the Registrant, and the nature of the services being provided by
Yankees under the terms of the  consulting  agreement  included as an exhibit to
the Registrant's  report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar quarter ended September
30, 1998 (the "Yankee Agreement").

     The contract  language which leads to the disagreement is as follows:  "...
Client [the Registrant] will pay to Yankees:

     (1)  Options  (the  "Class A  Options")  to  purchase  shares  of  Client's
outstanding or reserved common stock (all reserved common stock being treated as
outstanding  for  purposes of such  calculation),  on the  following  terms (the
"Stock Signing Fee."):

(a)  The quantity of Client common stock subject to the Class A Options shall be
     equal to 10% of Client's outstanding or reserved common stock,  immediately
     following complete exercise of all the Class A Options;


(b)  The Class A Option term will  commence on the 60th day after  execution  of
     this  Agreement  and will  terminate  at the close of  business on the 45th
     business  day after the Class A Options and the shares of common stock into
     which they can be  exercised  are  registered  for sale to the public under
     applicable federal and state securities laws,  however,  Yankees shall have
     the option of exercising the Class A Options prior to such  registration at
     a 50% discount from the otherwise applicable exercise price, subject to the
     resale restrictions  imposed by SEC Rule 144, but subject to the piggy back
     and registration provisions,  as reflected in the form of warrant agreement
     annexed hereto and made a part hereof as composite  exhibit  1.4(B),  which
     form shall constitute the basis for and terms of the Class A Options, other
     than as specifically modified hereby.

(c)  The  exercise  price of the Class A Options  will be based on the number of
     shares  outstanding at the time of exercise,  pro rated in accordance  with
     the following  formula:  in the event that an aggregate of 6,000,000 shares
     of capital  stock are  outstanding  or reserved for future  issuance  under
     reasonably definable terms (e.g. options,  warrants,  pending acquisitions,
     obligations under employment  agreements,  etc.), then the number of shares
     purchasable  would be 600,000  and the  exercise  price  would be $0.10 per
     share,  any increase or decrease in the  outstanding  and  reserved  shares
     resulting  in a  corresponding  adjustment  to the Class A Option  exercise
     quantity and price;

                                       54
<PAGE>

 ....

     (3) The foregoing  compensation is in lieu of document  license fees and of
required cash  payments for up to an aggregate of 200 hours of Yankees's  hourly
fees during the initial six month term of this  Agreement  (but not those of its
associated entities),  and, for tax purposes, shall be valued at an aggregate of
$20,000."

     The Registrant's auditor has taken the position that based on the fact that
there were 5,991,148  shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1998, the
option should be interpreted as granting  Yankees the right to purchase  599,115
shares of common stock, at $0.02 per share  ($11,982.30 in the  aggregate).  The
auditor also believes that the term "reserved" as used in the Yankees  Agreement
refers to all of the  authorized  but  unissued  securities  of the  Registrant,
whether or not  allocated  for a specific  instance  of  issuance,  despite  the
examples listed in the Yankee Agreement..

     The Registrant and Yankees, the parties to the Yankee Agreement,  interpret
it to mean that:

1.  Assuming the options had been  exercised at December 31, 1998,  the exercise
price per share would have been slightly  more than $0.10 per share  ($60,000 in
the aggregate),  because the formula and illustration  provide that $60,000 will
be the aggregate compensation,  regardless of the total number of shares subject
to the option (i.e.,  if the number of shares  issuable  increase,  the exercise
price will  correspondingly  decrease  and  conversely,  if the number of shares
issuable decrease, the exercise price will correspondingly increase).

2. The Yankees  Agreement  calls for  determination  of the number of shares and
price per share at a future date when the Registrant's  outstanding and reserved
common stock may be  different  (i.e.,  the date on which the final  options are
exercised or expire).  Consequently, the note may mislead readers into believing
that the option covers a fixed number of shares.

3. The term  "reserved"  in the Yankees  Agreement  means  allocated to cover an
existing obligation to issue common stock, as in the examples cited.

     The  Registrant  also  notes that the  description  of the  services  to be
provided by Yankees described in Note (3) (i.e., "to develop  investment banking
relationships,  develop access to debt and equity capital markets and to develop
growth  through  acquisition of  complementary  business  operations")  does not
correspond to that provided in the agreement, which states as follows:


                                       55
<PAGE>

     "1.1 Description of Services

(A)  Yankees's areas of expertise include corporate structure,  organization and
     reorganization; mergers, acquisitions and divestitures; strategic corporate
     development;  corporate  financial  and equity  analysis;  market  strategy
     planning and  implementation;  corporate  communication,  financial  public
     relations and stockholder relations  consulting;  business plan development
     and   implementation;   marketing   sales  and   analysis;   executive  and
     professional  recruitment;  coordination  and  supervision of  professional
     services;   development  and   implementation   of  regulatory   compliance
     procedures (the "Services").


(B)  During the Initial Term of this Agreement (as hereinafter defined), Yankees
     shall provide Client with the Services, on a reasonable, as required basis,
     consistent with Yankees's other business activities.

(C)  Because  of  Client's  status  under  federal   securities   laws,  in  any
     circumstances  where  Yankees is describing  the  securities of Client to a
     third  Party,  Yankees  shall  disclose  to such  person  the  compensation
     received  from Client to the extent  required  under any  applicable  laws,
     including, without limitation, Section 17(b) of the Securities Act of 1933,
     as amended;  however,  the Parties acknowledge they do not contemplate that
     Yankees shall be involved in any  activities on behalf of Client  requiring
     such  descriptions  or  disclosures,  or  that  the  Services  involve  any
     activities  subject to regulation  under federal or state  securities  laws
     other than the  prohibitions of the Foreign  Corrupt  Practices Act, except
     for the  introduction  of Client  and its  principals  to  licensed  broker
     dealers  in  securities,  securities  analysts  and  appropriate  corporate
     information and stockholder relations specialists."

PART III

ITEM 9.   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL
          PERSONS;  COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.

     The  Registrant's  Board of Directors  sets  corporate  policies  which are
implemented by the Registrant's  Management and when applicable,  the management
of the Registrant's  subsidiaries.  In the event that the Registrant's  Board of
Directors determines that a member faces a conflict of interest, for any reason,
it is expected that the subject  director will abstain from voting on the matter
which  raised the issue.  The Board of  Directors  held 4 meetings  during  1998
(after election of the new members), and 4 meetings in 1999, principally by tele
conference.  In addition the Board passed two series of  resolutions  by written
consent in lieu of meetings in 1999.
                                       56
<PAGE>


     As of November 5, 1998, the following  persons  served as the  Registrant's
directors and executive officers:

Name                          Age  Term Positions

Edward Granville-Smith, Jr    65   (1)  Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                        Director, Chief Executive Officer,
                                        Chief Operating Officer and President;

Charles J. Scimeca            53   (2)  Secretary & Treasurer
- - ------
(1)  Elected on March 23,  1995,  by the Board of  Directors  to serve until the
     next  annual  meeting  of the  Registrant's  stockholders,  and  until  his
     successors were elected, and assumed their office except that service as an
     officer was at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. In November of 1997,
     he was elected as President and Chief Operating Officer.

(2)  Elected on March 31,  1996,  to serve at the  pleasure of the  Registrant's
     Board of Directors.

     During October of 1998, Edward Granville-Smith,  then the Registrant's sole
director and chief executive officer started negotiations with principals of the
Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  to obtain its  assistance  in  recruiting  additional
officers and directors, arranging for funding and helping to develop an expanded
strategic  business  plan,  based  on Mr.  Granville-Smith's  concern  that  his
personal  health  problems were  impeding his ability to  adequately  manage the
Registrant's  operations.  Based on Mr.  Granville-Smith's oral assurances,  the
Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  contacted  a number  of  persons  willing  to  become
materially  involved in the Registrant's  operations,  and, on November 6, 1998,
Mr.  Granville-Smith,  as the Registrant's sole director,  elected the following
persons as members of the  Registrant's  Board of Directors:  Charles J. Scimeca
(the  Registrant's  secretary),  Penny L. Adams  Field,  Anthony Q. Joffe and G.
Richard Chamberlin (formerly the Registrant's  securities counsel).  On November
11, 1998, after learning that Mr. Granville-Smith,  had been incapacitated,  Mr.
Scimeca,  at the suggestion of Mr.  Chamberlin,  called a special meeting of the
Board of Directors,  in order to replace Mr. Granville-Smith as the Registrant's
president and chief executive  officer,  principally in order to assure that the
Registrant  could file its  quarterly  report with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission within a reasonable  time after its due date.  At such  meeting,  Mr.
Scimeca was elected as the acting  president and Mr.  Chamberlin  was elected as
the acting  secretary  and  general  counsel.  In  addition,  the Board voted to
reorganize  the Registrant by  reorganizing  as a holding  company,  to ratify a
series  of  subscription  agreements  disclosed  in Part II of the  Registrant's
quarterly  report on Form 10-QSB for the quarter  ended  September  30, 1998, to
enter into a formal consulting agreement with The Yankee Companies, Inc., and to
enter into a settlement agreement with Mr. Granville-Smith, as a result of which
all his current  agreements with the Registrant  would be terminated.  The Board
Resolution dated November 6, 1998 was included as an exhibit to the Form 10- QSB
for period ended  September  30, 1998, an is  incorporated  by reference in this
report.  The Board  Resolution dated November 11, 1998 is included as an exhibit
to this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index").

                                       57
<PAGE>


     Since  November  6,  1998,  the  following   persons  have  served  as  the
Registrant's Directors and Executive Officers, in the capacities indicated:

Name                     Age  Term Positions

Charles J. Scimeca       53   (1)  Acting President, Chief Executive Officer &
                                    Director
G. Richard Chamberlin    52   (1)  Acting Secretary, General Counsel & Director
Penny Adams Field        43   (1)  Director, Audit Committee Chair (3)
Anthony Q. Joffe         56   (1)  Director, Audit Committee (3)
Edward Granville-Smith,Jr65   (2)  Director(2)
- -------
(1)  Elected  November 6, 1998, to serve,  in the case of  directors,  until the
     next  annual  meeting  of the  Registrant's  stockholders  and until  their
     successors  are elected  and assume  their  office,  unless  their  earlier
     resignations  are accepted by the Board of  Directors;  and, in the case of
     officers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

(2)  On November 11, 1998, he resigned as an officer due to health  problems and
     has  been   represented  on  the  Board  of  Directors  by  his  son,  Mark
     Granville-Smith,  on a non-voting basis. As a material subsequent event, on
     March 22, 1999, he resigned as a member of the Board of Directors.

     (3)  The  Registrant's  Board has an Audit  Committee.  The Audit Committee
          meets  with  management  to  consider  the  adequacy  of the  internal
          controls of the  Registrant and the  objectivity  of the  Registrant's
          financial  reporting.  The Audit Committee selected and meets with the
          Registrant's  independent  accountants and with appropriate  financial
          personnel about these matters. The Audit Committee is comprised of Ms.
          Field,  (Audit Committee  Chairman) and Mr. Joffe. As of the date this
          report was filed,  May 24, 1999,  the  Registrant has not been able to
          obtain verifyable records of the audit committees  meetings, although,
          it is aware that meetings were held.

     The directors hold office until the next annual meeting of the stockholders
and until there successors have been duly elected or qualified.  Audit committee
members  serve at the pleasure of the Board.

     In addition to the  Directors and  Executive  Officers,  as of December 31,
1998, the following  persons may be deemed control or potential control persons:
Jerry  C.  Spellman,  Cyndi  N.  Calvo,  the  Yankee  Companies,  Inc.  (and its
principals  William  A.  Calvo,  III  and  Leonard  Miles  Tucker),  and  Edward
Granville-Smith.

                                       58
<PAGE>


BIOGRAPHIES OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Charles J. Scimeca, Acting President

     Charges  J.  Scimeca,  age 54,  serves  as the  acting  president  and as a
director  of the  Registrant.  Since  1982 he has been a  licensed  real  estate
broker. He is managing director of Coast to Coast Realty Group, Inc., located in
Sarasota,  Florida.  The company is involved in residential  and commercial real
estate  development  as well as  general  real  estate  brokerage  and  business
acquisition.  He has been involved in real estate transactions totaling over one
billion  dollars,  representing  Fortune 500 clients,  such as , Equitable  Life
Insurance  Company,  Walt  Disney  Corporation,  Paramount  Studios and TRW Real
Estate Group.  From 1980 until 1982, Mr.  Scimeca was on  sabbatical,  exploring
business opportunities in various industries.  From 1975 until 1980, Mr. Scimeca
served as chief operating officer for Andy Frain  Maintenance & Security,  Inc.,
headquartered in Chicago,  Illinois. His responsibilities included budgeting and
implementing  cleaning  services  for high rise  office,  retail and  industrial
properties for such notable clients as Standard Brands, JMB Realty, John Hancock
Insurance  Company and other Fortune 500  companies.  From 1965 until 1975,  Mr.
Scimeca was the owner and manager of the Mecca Restaurant, a full-service family
owned multi-unit restaurant business headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. He is a
member of the Clearwater,  Sarasota and Manatee County  Association of Realtors,
the  International  Council of Shopping  Centers and other  local,  regional and
national real estate and mortgage  related  organizations.  He holds a degree in
Business Administration from Wright College in Chicago, Illinois (1964).

G. Richard Chamberlin, Acting Secretary, Director & General Counsel

     G.  Richard  Chamberlin.  age 52, has since  November  1998,  served as the
Registrant's acting secretary,  as a member of it's Board of Directors (in which
he serves as Chairman)  and also as it's general  counsel.  From 1973 to 1974 he
served as Trust Officer with Suntel Bank & Trust  Company,  Jonesboro,  Georgia.
Mr.  Chamberlin  is a  practicing  attorney  and is a member of the Georgia Bar,
(since 1974), and the Florida Bar, (since 1990). He is also a member of the Bars
for the Federal  District  Court for the  Northern  District of Georgia,  (since
1974) and the Federal District Court for the Northern District of Florida (since
1995),  the Court of  Appeals  for the State of  Georgia,  (since  1974) and the
Supreme Court for the State of Georgia  (since 1974).  Mr.  Chamberlin is also a
member of the Bar for the Eleventh  District Court of Appeals,  (since 1982). He
is a graduate of Eastern Military  Academy,  Huntington,  New York (College Prep
Diploma,  1964);  The Citadel,  The Military  College of South Carolina,  (B.A.,
political  science,  1968);  and the University of Georgia School of Law, (J.D.,
1971).   Mr.   Chamberlin   earned  a  Certificate  from  the  American  Bankers
Association,  National Trust School, (1974). Mr. Chamberlin is a two term former
member of the Georgia House of Representatives, (1979-1983). In the State House,
Mr.  Chamberlin  served on the Following  committees:  House Journal  Committee,
Natural Resources Committee, Special Judiciary Committee and Labor Committee. He
is a former member of the Counsel for National Policy.  He is the founder of the
Georgia Roundtable,  Inc., and served as President from 1981 to 1986.; He is the
founder of the Georgia Heritage Foundation, and served as President from 1982 to
1986. He is the former Principal of Soul's Harbor Christian Academy, Belleview,

                                       59
<PAGE>

Florida,  (1990-1992).  Mr. Chamberlin served as National Music Chairman for the
Religious  Roundtable,  Inc.  at the premier  event  known as the 1992  National
Affairs Briefing in Dallas,  Texas wherein President George Bush was the keynote
speaker.  Mr. Chamberlin has received Resolutions of Commendation from the House
of Representatives  for the Commonwealth of Kentucky,  (1985) and from the House
of  Representatives  for the State of Georgia,  (1982).  He presently  serves as
President of the Citadel Club of Central Florida, Inc.. Mr. Chamberlin is former
president and director for Atrieties Development Company,  Inc., a publicly held
corporation  involved  in the  real  estate  industry,  (1986-87),  and has held
licenses as a real estate agent, (Georgia and Florida).

Penny L. Adams Field, Director & Audit Committee Chairman

     Penny Adams Field,  age 43,  since  November,  1998.  Serves as a member of
Registrant's  Board of Directors and chair of its audit  committee.  Penny Adams
Field  is a  principal  and  co-founder  of  Executive  Concepts,  a  management
consulting and investment  banking  advisory firm. Ms. Adams Field has technical
expertise  in  designing  and   implementing   financial   management   systems,
acquisition and divestiture  models,  cash flow management,  information systems
assessment and  implementations,  and  operational  and cost system audits.  Her
background  in  strategic  planning,   performance  measurement,   comprehensive
business  planning,  and cost structure analysis add to the breadth and depth of
the  Executive  Concepts  team  skills.  Ms. Adams Field is an  experienced  and
accredited  business  valuation  specialist  and is a member of the Institute of
Business  Appraisers.  She serves on  numerous  not-for-  profit  and  corporate
boards.  As a management  consultant,  Ms. Adams Field has consulted  with firms
such as Monsanto,  Mallinckrodt,  McDonnell-Douglas,  MEMC Electronic  Materials
Company,  Maytag,  Mark Andy,  CyberTel,  and numerous  other small firms in the
healthcare,  manufacturing,  construction,  and  service  industries.  Prior  to
founding Executive  Concepts,  Ms. Adams Field was an administrator for the John
M. Olin School of Business at  Washington  University  in St.  Louis,  where she
helped to  establish  the  Executive  Programs  division.  Her  responsibilities
included program  development in the Far East. Prior to her administrative  role
she  served as a  full-time  member of the  accounting  faculty  instructing  in
financial accounting and cost management for undergraduate and graduate programs
at the Olin School. Prior to graduate study at Washington University,  Ms. Adams
Field worked in healthcare  administration and banking,  including  positions at
Children's Hospital National Medical Center in Washington,  D.C. and Harris Bank
in Chicago.  After earning a B.B.A.  in Accounting and Finance,  Ms. Adams Field
earned her M.B.A.  from the Olin School of Business at Washington  University in
St. Louis.  Ms. Adams Field also posted several hours of Ph.D. level course work
in accounting and finance prior to making a full-time commitment to consulting.

                                      60
<PAGE>

Anthony Q. Joffe, Director

     Anthony Q.  Joffe,  age 56,  since  November,  1998,  serves as a member of
Registrant's  Board of  Directors.  Mr.  Joffe  holds a degree  in  Aeronautical
Engineering Management from Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts. Subsequent
to his  graduation,  Mr. Joffe was employed as the Quality  Control  Manager for
Cognitronics Corporation, a computer manufacturer,  where he was responsible for
overseeing  the U.S.  Air Force  compliance  testing  program  as well as normal
day-to-day management.  In 1967, Mr. Joffe was employed by General Electric as a
production  engineer in the insulating  materials  field. In 1970, Mr. Joffe was
employed by King's Electronics,  a RF coaxial connector  manufacturer,  where he
was  responsible  for major accounts and guided the field sales force.  In 1973,
Mr. Joffe was one of the founders and  Vice-President  of J.S. Love  Associates,
Inc., a commodity  brokerage house no longer in operation (then headquartered in
New York City).  In 1976,  Mr. Joffe  formed and served as  President  and Chief
Operating Officer of London Futures, Ltd., a commodity broker with 275 employees
in nine offices.  London Futures, Ltd. was closed in 1979 and Mr. Joffe moved to
Florida.  From 1979 until 1986, Mr. Joffe was Vice President of Gramco Holdings,
Inc. (and its predecessor companies),  a firm which owned and operated a variety
of companies.  These  companies  included five  cemeteries  and funeral homes in
Broward County, Florida, a 33 acre marina, a general contracting company, a boat
title insurance  underwriting firm, three  restaurants,  a real estate brokerage
company,   a   mortgage   brokerage   company   and  a  leasing   company.   His
responsibilities  involved  supervision  of the  day-to-day  operations  and new
business  development.  From 1986 to 1991, Mr. Joffe served as consultant and/or
principal to a variety of small  businesses  in the South  Florida area. In 1989
Mr. Joffe became President of Windy City Capital Corp., a small publicly traded,
reported  company that was  originally  formed as a "blind pool" for the express
purpose of finding an acquisition  candidate.  Eventually,  a reverse merger was
consummated with a computer software company from  Pennsylvania.  Mr. Joffe then
took the position of President of Rare Earth Metals,  Inc. (and its  predecessor
companies), a small publicly traded company which has purchased Spinecare,  Inc.
a medical  clinic in New York.  Spinecare  changed its name to Americare  Health
Group and relocated  its state  domicile to Delaware.  Since March of 1993,  Mr.
Joffe has performed consulting services for First Commodities,  Inc., an Atlanta
based  commodities  firm, and has been involved in fund raising for the Multiple
Sclerosis Foundation.  He also assisted Digital Interactive  Associates and IVDS
Partnership  with financial  affairs in conjunction with their successful bid to
the Federal  Communications  Commission  for  licenses in the cities of Atlanta,
Georgia,  Minneapolis/St.  Paul, Minnesota, and Kansas City, Missouri. Mr. Joffe
served as the interim president of Madison Sports & Entertainment Group, Inc., a
publicly held Utah corporation then  headquartered in Fort Lauderdale,  Florida,
from  September 1, 1994,  until  February 16, 1994,  at which time he became its
vice president and vice chairman,  chief operating officer,  treasurer and chief
financial  officer until he resigned in 1996.  Since 1996, he has founded a boat
financing  company  and  joined  NorthStar  Capital  ("NorthStar")  as  Managing
Director.  NorthStar  is an  investment  banking  firm with offices in Stamford,
Connecticut and Boca Raton,  Florida which specializes in assisting small to mid
size private and publicly traded companies with business and financial planning;
acquisition  and  divestiture;  financial  public  relations and market position
advice; and, treasury services.  In January 1999, Mr. Joffe was elected to serve
as a Director of Colmena Corp, a publicly held Delaware corporation, involved in
the  telecommunications  industry.  In March of 1999,  Mr.  Joffe was elected as
Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  and in May of 1999 he was  elected  as the
President of Colmena Corp.


                                       61
<PAGE>

Edward Granville-Smith,  Jr., Director

     Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., age 66, served in the following capacities for
the Registrant until November, 1998: president, chief executive officer and sole
director.  From November,  1998, until March,  1999, he continued as a member of
the Registrant's Board of Directors,  although he informed the board through his
son and  attorney  in fact,  that he was unable to attend  board  meeting due to
present impairment and disability.  Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr., was President of
Equity  Growth  Systems,  Inc.,  a  corporation  (not to be  confused  with  the
Registrant) specializing in structuring and marketing mortgage backed securities
as well as the acquisition of select commercial real estate for its own account.
From 1981 to the present,  he has been a real estate  consultant  and  principal
involved in various aspects of commercial real estate financing and syndication,
both internationally and domestically.  One primary  accomplishment  during this
period was the  successful  sale of the real estate  assets of some  twenty-nine
limited  partnerships to both domestic and foreign investors.  From 1972 through
1980,  he was Chairman of the Board,  Chief  Executive  Officer and President of
United Equity  Corporation,  a corporation  which was primarily  involved in the
structuring,  financing and  marketing,  through the  syndication of various tax
incentive ventures with an aggregate  valuation in excess of $100 million.  From
1959 through  1972,  Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr. built the  Washington  Insurance
Agency, Inc., and became the Chairman of one of the top one percent of insurance
brokerage  houses in the Washington  area. Mr.  Granville-Smith,  attended Brown
University from September,  1951 through June, 1952 at which time he entered the
United  States Marine Corps.  Upon  discharge  from the Marine Corps in 1955, he
enrolled in the Georgetown University School of Foreign Service and graduated in
June  of  1959  with  a  B.S.F.S.  degree.  Mr.  Granville-Smith's  professional
affiliations include CLU and CPCL.

FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS

     There are no family  relationships among the current officers and directors
of the Registrant.  However, during Mr. Edward  Granville-Smith's  recent health
problems,  his son and  attorney-in-fact,  Mr. Mark Granville-Smith has acted as
Mr.  Granville-Smith's  non-voting  representative  on the  Board of  Directors.
Pursuant to the terms of the  Granville-Smith  Settlement  Agreement filed as an
exhibit to this report,  the Board  expects to elect Mark  Granville-Smith  as a
Director replacing Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith, Jr., who resigned as a director
pursuant to the terms of the Granville-Smith Settlement Agreement.

INVOLVEMENT IN CERTAIN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Based on information provided to the Registrant's legal counsel,  except as
otherwise  disclosed  in this  report,  during  the five year  period  ending on
December 31, 1998, no current  director,  person nominated to become a director,
executive officer, promoter or control person of the Registrant has been a party
to or the subject of:
                                       62
<PAGE>


(1)  Any  bankruptcy  petition  filed by or against  any  business of which such
     person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the
     bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

(2)  Any  conviction  in a criminal  proceeding or has been subject to a pending
     criminal   proceeding   (excluding   traffic  violations  and  other  minor
     offenses);

(3)  Any order,  judgment,  or decree, not subsequently  reversed,  suspended or
     vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily
     enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any
     type of business, securities or banking activities; and

(4)  Been found by a court of competent  jurisdiction  (in a civil action),  the
     Commission or the Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission to have violated a
     federal or state  securities or  commodities  law, and the judgment has not
     been reversed, suspended, or vacated.

OTHER MATERIAL PERSONNEL

     The  following  persons are not executive  officers or directors;  however,
they play a material role in the operations of the Registrant.

     THE YANKEE COMPANIES, INC.

     In November,  1998, the Registrant  retained the Yankee Companies,  Inc., a
Florida  corporation  ("Yankees")  to  recruit a new group of  directors  and to
assist them in development and  implementation of new strategic plans. A copy of
the  agreement  with Yankees was filed with the  Commission as an exhibit and is
discussed in Part II of the Registrant's quarterly report on Form 10-QSB for the
calendar quarter ended September 30, 1998, the details of which are incorporated
by reference herein as permitted by Rule 12b-23. Yankees has remained integrally
involved with the implementation of the new strategic plans of the Registrant as
discussed in Part I, Item I. Business,  New Strategic Plans & Change In Control,
of this report and incorporated by reference herein. The president of Yankees is
Leonard M. Tucker and the Vice President is William A. Calvo, III.

      MARK - GRANVILLE SMITH

     Mark Granville-Smith is the son of Edward, "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr. and
serves as attorney-in-fact for his father.  Since December,  1998, primarily due
to the illness of his father, Mark Granville- Smith has been asked to attend all
Board meetings as a non voting member. On March 22, 1999,  pursuant to the terms
of a Settlement Agreement, Edward, "Ted" Granville-Smith, Jr., resigned from the
Board of  Directors.  Pursuant to the terms of that same  Settlement  Agreement,
Mark Granville-Smith is to be elected to the Registrant's Board of Directors. It
is anticipated that he will be elected at the next Board of Directors meeting. A
copy of the  Settlement  Agreement  is filed as an exhibit to this  report  (see
"Item 13 - Exhibit Index").

                                       63
<PAGE>


COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS
AMENDED

     Except with reference to the transactions by Mr. Scimeca  discussed in Item
10 and 12 of this report, To the best of the Registrant's  knowledge, no covered
person engaged in any transactions in the Registrant's  securities  during 1998,
except  with  reference  to  receipt of  securities  from the  Registrant  or in
compliance with the  requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act as described
in this report.  To the best of the Registrant's  knowledge based on a review of
filings disclosed on the Commission's EDGAR Internet web site, all stockholders,
officers and directors  materially complied with their obligations under Section
16(a) of the Exchange Act, except for Mr. Scimeca.

ITEM 10.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     No current  officers or directors of the Registrant  have ever received any
compensation from the Registrant, except, as follows:

           Summary Compensation Tables (1996 - 1998)

     The Summary  Compensation Tables below sets forth all compensation  paid to
the Officers and Directors of the Registrant  during the Registrant's year ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998.

                1996 Summary Compensation Table *

Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

E.Granville-Smith (1)   **       **     **      **        **        **   **
Charles J. Scimeca      **       **     **      (2)       **        **   **
Gene R. Moffitt         **       **     **      (3)       **        **   **
Rafi Weiss              **       **     **      (4)       **        **   **
Donald E. Homan         **       **     **      (5)       **        **   **

                        1997 Summary Compensation Table *

Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

E.Granville-Smith (1)    **   **        **   **         **        **     **
Charles J. Scimeca (2)   **   **        **   **         **        **     **
Gene R. Moffitt (3)      **   **        **   **         **        **     **
Rafi Weiss (4)           **   **        **   **         **        **     **
Donald E. Homan (5)      **   **        **   **         **        **     **

                                       64
<PAGE>

                         1998 Summary Compensation Table
Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

E. Granville-Smith      **   **         **   **          **        **   **
Charles J. Scimeca      **  (2)         **   (2)         (2)       **   **
G.Richard Chamberlin    **   **         (11) (6)         **        **   **
Penny Adams Field       **   **         (11) (7)         **        **   **
Anthony Q. Joffe        **   **         (11) (8)         **        **   **


                      Other Material Compensation for 1998

Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

Yankee Companies, Inc.  **    **        **   (9)        (9)         **    **

             Actual and Anticipated 1999 Summary Compensation Table

Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

Charles J. Scimeca      **   **        **    **          **          **   **
G.Richard Chamberlin    **   **        **    (6)         **          **
Penny Adams Field       **   **        **    **          **          **   **
Anthony Q. Joffe        **   **        **    **          **          **   **
E.Granville-Smith       **   **        **    **          **          (1) (1)


                      Other Material Compensation for 1999

Name           Annual Compensation           Long Term Compensation
and                                          Awards     Awards     LTIP* All
Principal                                    Restricted Restricted Pay-  Other
Position            Salary    Bonus  Other   Stock      Options    outs  Compen-
                                                                         sation

Jerry C. Spellman(10)  **     **       **    **         **         (10)  (10)
Yankee Companies, Inc. **     **       **    **         (9)         **    **
     Long term incentive plans.
**   None
*    The information  provided is based solely on  informaytion  provided by Mr.
     Edward Granville-Smith, verified to the extent possible by the Registrant's
     general counsel.

                                       65
<PAGE>

     (1)  Edward  "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr.:  served as  President  and Chief
Executive  Officer  until  November  6, 1998 and served as Sole  Director  until
November,  1998, and then as Director until March 22, 1999. On May 22, 1995, the
Registrant   entered  into  a  five  year   employment   agreement  with  Edward
Granville-Smith, its sole director, president and chief executive officer,(until
his  resignation  due to health  problems in November,  1998.) The agreement was
discussed  (and a copy  thereof  was filed as an  exhibit)  in the  Registrant's
report on Form  10-KSB for the  calendar  year ended  December  31, 1997 and the
discussion thereof is incorporated by reference hereto. Mr.  Granville-Smith has
entered into an overall  settlement  agreement with the Registrant which covered
all rights under the subject employment agreement,  which has now been canceled.
A copy of the  Settlement  Agreement  is filed as an exhibit to this report (see
"Item  13 -  Exhibit  Index").  See  Item  1,  Business,  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,
Recission  Settlement  Agreement and Item 12, Certain  Relationships and Related
Transactions,  paragraph (c), of this report.  See Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management,  footnote 1. On March 22, 1999,  pursuant to a
recission Settlement Agreement, he resigned as a director.

     (2) Charles J. Scimeca served as  Registrant's  Secretary until November 6,
1998, and has served as a Director and Acting President  since November 6, 1998.
See Item 11, Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management,
footnote 3; Item 12, Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities, footnotes 1, 7, and 14 of this report.

     (3) Gene R. Moffitt  served as Vice  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer,
Treasurer  and Chief  Financial  Officer  until,  October,  1997.  See Item 12,
Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions, Recent Sales of Unregistered
Securities, footnote 1 of this report.

     (4) Rafi Weiss, served as Vice President, until October, 1997. See Item 12,
Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions,  Recent Sales of Unregistered
Securities, footnote 1 of this report.

     (5) Donald E, Homan served as Vice  President,  until  November,  1998. See
Item  12,  Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,  Recent  Sales of
Unregistered Securities, footnote 1 of this report.

     (6) G. Richard  Chamberlin has served as a Director,  Acting  Secretary and
General  Counsel,  since  November 6, 1998. See Item 11,  Security  Ownership of
Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,  footnote  10;  Item  12,  Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities,
footnote 13 of this report.

     (7) Penny Adams Field: has served as a Director since November 6, 1998. See
Item 11,  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,
footnote 9; Item 12,  Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions;  Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities, footnote 13 of this report.

     (8) Anthony Q. Joffe has served as a Director  since  November 6, 1998. See
Item 11,  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management,
footnote 9 and Item 12, Certain Relationships and Related  Transactions,  Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities, footnote 13 of this report.

     (9) The Yankee Companies,  Inc. See Item 11, Security  Ownership of Certain
Beneficial  Owners and  Management,  footnotes 4, 5, and 6 and Item 12,  Certain
Relationships  and Related  Transactions,  paragraph (d) and footnote 12, Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities, footnotes 11, 12, and 14 of this report.

                                       66
<PAGE>

     (10) Jerry C. Spellman was a consultant who could be deemed to be providing
services that were executive in nature.  In May,  1995,  the Registrant  entered
into a consulting  agreement  with Bolina  Trading  Company,  S.A., a Panamanian
Corporation  pursuant  to which the  consultant  received  84,000  shares of the
Registrant's  common stock in exchange for 520 hours of  consulting  service per
year with additional compensation of $100.00 per hour for each hour in excess of
520 hours,  a copy of the  consulting  agreement  was filed as an exhibit to the
Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB/A for the calendar  year ended  December 31,
1995.  Mr. Jerry C. Spellman as Managing  Director for Bolina  Trading  Company,
S.A.,  himself and other  affiliated  entities,  signed a general  release which
covered all rights under the subject  consultant  agreement,  which has now been
canceled.

     (11) Messers.  Chamberlin, Joffe and Ms. Field, were permitted to subscribe
for an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Registrant's  common stock, at a price
of $0.02 per share, on or about  December 9, 1998, at a time when the quoted bid
price for the Registrant's common stock was $0.0625 per share. The resale of the
stock  involved is subject to Rule 144 and the stock is therefore not marketable
until December 9, 1999. The Registrant's auditor,  Bowman & Bowman, P.A., by and
through it's  president,  Larry Bowman,  orally advised the  Registrant's  legal
counsel,  that after  considering  the bid price,  the  proximity of the private
placement to a long period of  non-trading  in the stock,  the book value of the
Registrant's  stock as of the dates in question,  and the consideration paid for
the stock, no compensation is likely to be attributable to the subscribers.  The
Registrant's  general  counsel  is of the  opinion  that  should  this  stock be
attributed value in excess of $0.02 per share,  some  compensation will inure to
each of the  recipients.  See Part II,  Item 5, Market for  Registrant's  Common
Equity and Related  Stockholders  Matters,  for  information  concerning  public
prices in the registrant's common stock during the relevant periods.

STOCK ISSUED IN EXCHANGE FOR ASSETS

     Stock was issued to affiliates of Messrs.  Granville-Smith  and Spellman in
exchange for assets, as discussed in the Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for
the  calendar  year  ended  December  31,  1997 and the  discussion  thereof  is
incorporated by reference hereto. Messrs. Granville-Smith and Spellman, together
with their affiliates,  have entered into an overall  settlement  agreement with
the  Registrant  which  rescinded all rights and  obligations  under the subject
agreement. (See Item 1, Business)

Messrs. Weiss, Moffett and Homan

     The  series  of  transactions  involving  Messrs.  Weiss and  Moffett  were
discussed in the Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the calendar year ended
December  31,  1997  and in Item 3,  Legal  Proceedings,  on  this  report,  the
discussions are incorporated by reference  hereto.  The transactions  concerning
Messrs.  Weiss,  Moffett  and  Homan  are also  discussed  in Item  12,  Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, Footnote 2, in this report.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN ("LTIP") AWARDS TABLE

        The  Registrant  has no  long  term  incentive  plans.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     There are no current arrangements for compensation of Directors, other than
the  opportunity  granted  during  November  of 1998 to  purchase  shares of the
Registrant's  common stock at $0.02 per share,  pursuant to a recommendation  to
the effect by Yankees, and, the compensation paid to Mr. Scimeca as discussed in
Item 10, Executive Compensation,  and Item 12, Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.

     The Registrant, with the assistance of the Yankees, is developing plans for
future compensation of directors as well as officers, Based on recruitment and
incentive factors, but such plans are still in the discussion stage.

                                       67
<PAGE>

COMPENSATION UNDER PLANS

     Except as disclosed in Item 10, Executive Compensation and Item 12, Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions above or below, none of the Registrant's
executive  officers  have  received  or become  entitled to any cash or non-cash
compensation  under  any  Company  plans  (as the  term  "plan"  is  defined  in
Instruction 3 to Item 402 of Regulation  S-B,  promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission)  during the last calendar year, nor have they been awarded
any stock options or other forms of indirect compensation by the Registrant.

     In each of the  foregoing  cases,  the  securities  issued were  restricted
securities  (i.e., not registered under applicable  securities laws and thus not
eligible for public resale),  thus,  they were issued at an arbitrary  valuation
prior  to  development  of  a  market  for  the  Registrant's  securities,   and
thereafter,  at a  discount  from the  closing  bid price  for the  Registrant's
securities on the date of issuance,  reflecting  their  legally  imposed lack of
liquidity.

MANNER OF DETERMINING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    See response to COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS, in this Item.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT &
CHANGE-IN-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS.

On May  22,  1995,  the  Registrant  entered  into a five  year  employment
agreement with Edward  Granville-Smith,  its sole director,  president and chief
executive  officer, (until his  resignation  due to health problems in November,
1998.) The agreement was discussed  (and a copy thereof was filed as an exhibit)
in the  Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the calendar year ended December
31, 1997 and the discussion thereof is incorporated by reference hereto.

     Mr.  Granville-Smith has entered into an overall settlement  agreement with
the Registrant which covered all rights under the subject employment  agreement,
which has now been canceled.  A copy of the Settlement  Agreement is filed as an
exhibit to this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index").

     In May,  1995,  the  Registrant  entered into a consulting  agreement  with
Bolina Trading Company,  S.A., a Panamanian  Corporation  wherein the consultant
was to receive  84,000 shares of the  Registrant's  common stock in exchange for
520 hours of consulting service per year with additional compensation of $100.00
per  hour  for  each  hour in  excess  of 520  hours,  a copy of the  consulting
agreement is filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's report on Form 10-KSB/A for
the calendar year ended December 31, 1995.

     Mr.  Jerry C.  Spellman as Managing  Director for Bolina  Trading  Company,
S.A.,  on behalf of  himself  and other  affiliated  entities,  signed a general
release which covered all rights under the subject consultant  agreement,  which
has now been canceled.

        Except as disclosed below, the Registrant does not have any compensatory
plan or arrangement, including payments to be received from the Registrant, with
respect  to a named  executive  officer  that  results or will  result  from the
resignation,  retirement or any other  termination of such  executive  officer's
employment with the Registrant and its subsidiaries or from a  change-in-control
of the Registrant or a change in the named executive officer's  responsibilities
following a change-in-control.

     Exercise by the Yankee  Companies,  Inc., of its stock options could result
in a material change in control, as could any material acquisition.


                                       68
<PAGE>

ITEM 11.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     As of April 30, 1999, the  Registrant had 5,991,148  shares of common stock
outstanding.  The  following  information  pertains  to the  ownership  of  such
securities by the Registrant's principal  stockholders,  officers and directors.
Footnotes to tables (a), (b) and (c) follow subsection (d) below.

(a)     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The  following  table  sets  forth,  as of the  date of  this  Registration
Statement,  the number and  percentage of shares of common stock owned of record
and  beneficially  by any group (as that term is defined for purposes of Section
13(d)(3) of the Exchange  Act),  person or firm that owns more than five percent
(5%) of the Registrant's  outstanding  common stock (the Registrant's only class
of voting securities).

Name and Address of           Amount of           Nature of      Percent of
Beneficial Owner              Shares              Ownership      Class (%)

Edward Granville-Smith        1,055,000           (1), (8)      17.61%
3821-B Tamiami Trail,
Suite 201 Port Charlotte
Florida, 33952

Jerry C. Spellman             867,691             (2), (8)      14.49%
2510 Virginia Avenue, NW
Washington, D.C. 20037

Charles J. Scimeca            650,000             (3)           10.85%
23698 US Highway 19 North
Clearwater,  34265 (3)

The Tucker Family             847,500             (4)(5)        14.15%
7359 Ballantree Court
Boca Raton, Florida 33487

The Calvo Family              582,500             (5)(6)        09.72%
1941 Southeast 51st Terrace
Ocala, Florida 34471

Yankee Companies, Inc.        485,000              (5)          08.10%
902 Clint Moore Road, Suite 136
Boca Raton, Florida 33487

Joseph D. Radcliffe           365,000              (7)          06.19%
84 Clum Hill Road
Elka Park, New York 12427

                                       69

<PAGE>

  (b)  Security Ownership of Management

     The following table sets forth,  as of the date of this report,  the number
and  percentage of the equity  securities of the  Registrant  owned of record or
beneficially by each officer,  director and person nominated to hold such office
and by all officers and directors as a group.

Title          Name                          Amount    Nature    Percent
of             of                            of        of        of
Class          Beneficial Owner              Shares *  Ownership Class

Common    Edward Granville-Smith, Jr.        1,055,000 (1)       17.61%
Common    Charles J. Scimeca                   650,000 (2)       10.85%
Common    Penny Adams Field                     62,500 (3)        1.04%
Common    Anthony Q. Joffe                      62,500 (3)        1.04%
Common    G. Richard Chamberlin, Esquire       125,000 (4)        2.09%
Common    Mark Granville-Smith                  20,000 (5)         .03%

Common    All officers and directors as a group 1,975,000 (12)     32.66%


  (c)     Parents of the Registrant

     The following table discloses all persons who are parents of the Registrant
(as such term is defined in Securities  and Exchange  Commission  Regulation C),
showing the basis of control and as to each  parent,  the  percentage  of voting
securities owned or other basis of control by its immediate parent if any.

                                       70
<PAGE>


                              Basis for      Percentage of Voting
Name                          Control        Securities Owned

Edward Granville-Smith, Jr.   (1)            17.61%
Jerry C. Spellman             (2)            14.49%
Charles J. Scimeca            (3)            10.85%
- ------

 (d)        Changes in Control.

     To  the  best  knowledge  and  belief  of  the  Registrant   there  are  no
arrangements,  understandings,  or agreements relative to the disposition of the
Registrant's securities,  the operation of which may at a subsequent date result
in a change in control of the  Registrant,  except that pursuant to the terms of
the consulting  agreement  between the Registrant and Yankees,  Yankees obtained
warrants to purchase 10% of the Registrant's  outstanding common stock,  subject
to antidilutive rights, measured as of the time the warrants were exercised, for
an  aggregate  of $60,000.  When  aggregated  with other  stock  holdings in the
Registrant by persons  related to the  principals  of Yankees,  exercise of such
warrants  would  materially  affect  control of the  Registrant.  The Consulting
Agreement  with  Yankees was filed as an exhibit to the  Registrant's  report on
Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter ended  September 30, 1998,  the details of
which are incorporated by reference hereto as permitted by Rule 12b-23.

___________________________________


     (1)  Beneficial  ownership,  record ownership is held by K. Walker, Ltd., a
          Bahamian  corporation except for 110,000 shares of stock in the record
          name of  Warren  McFadden.  Mr.  Granville-  Smith,  Jr.,  served as a
          director  until March 22, 1999  although his affairs are being managed
          by  his  attorney-in-fact,   Mark  Granville-Smith.  The  transactions
          concerning  the  March  22,  1999,   Settlement   Agreement  with  Mr.
          Granville-Smith, Jr., are discussed in Item 11(a) footnote 8, and Item
          12 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, in this report. Mr.
          Granville-Smith  served as the Registrant's  sole director,  president
          and chief executive  officer from 1995 until November 6, 1998, when he
          asked  to  be  replaced  (except  as a  director)  because  of  health
          problems.   On  March  22,  1999,   he  resigned  as   director.   Mr.
          Granville-Smith   is  currently  the   Registrant's   single   largest
          stockholder.

     (2)  Beneficial  ownership,  record  ownership  is held by  Bolina  Trading
          Company,  S.A., a  Panamanian  corporation,  except with  reference to
          2,701 shares,(2400 shares of record held by Mr.Spellman personally and
          301 shares held of record by First Investment  Planning Company).  Mr.
          Spellman is the  Managing  Director of Bolina  Trading  Co.,  S.A.,  a
          Panamanian  corporation,  which owns the subject  shares.  Such shares
          comprise the second  largest  block of the  Registrant's  common stock
          held by any single person.  The transactions  concerning the March 22,
          1999,  General Release signed by Mr.  Spellman,  are discussed in Item
          11(a)  footnote  8,  and Item 12  Certain  Relationships  and  Related
          Transactions, in this report.


                                       71
<PAGE>

     (3)  The  transactions  concerning  the stock transfer of 450,000 shares to
          Palmair,  Inc.,  and the December,  1998,  warrant  agreement with Mr.
          Scimeca are discussed in Item 12(a) Certain  Relationships and Related
          Transactions,  in this  report.  Should  Mr.  Scimeca be deemed not to
          control the 450,000  shares  transferred  to Palmair,  Inc.,  then Mr.
          Scimeca's percentage of common stock would be .0333% and Palmair, Inc,
          would be .0751%. Mr. Scimeca currently serves as a director and as the
          Registrant's acting president

     (4)  The  Tucker  family is  comprised  of the wife  Michelle  Tucker,  the
          husband  Leonard  Miles  Tucker and Shayna and  Montana,  their  minor
          daughters.  Mrs.  Tucker holds 108,750 shares in trust for each of her
          minor daughters and, in addition, 630,000 shares are held by Blue Lake
          Capital Corp., a Florida corporation owned by Mrs. Tucker.

     (5)  The Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  a Florida  corporation,  owned in equal
          shares by members of the Calvo and Tucker families. Consequently, half
          of its securities could be attributed beneficially to the Calvo family
          and half to the  Tucker  family.  See Note (4) for  additional  shares
          attributable  to  the  Tucker  Family.   On  November  28,  1998,  The
          Registrant offered 150,000 shares of its common stock in consideration
          for cancellation of debt for legal and advisory services. In February,
          1999,  William A.  Calvo,  III and  Diversified  Corporate  Consulting
          Group, L.L.C., entered into a settlement agreement with the Registrant
          wherein Mr. Calvo, on his behalf and on behalf of Diversified, settled
          the issue of outstanding consulting fees in the amount of $150,000 for
          150,000 shares of the  Registrant's  common stock.  Mr. Calvo,  on his
          behalf,  and on behalf of Diversified,  then assigned the same 150,000
          shares to the Yankee Companies, Inc. A copy of the original settlement
          agreement  was included as an exhibit to the Form 8-KSB filed on March
          5, 1999 and the discussion  thereof is incorporated  by reference,  as
          permitted by Rule 12b-23.  Because the Registrant's common stock never
          attained it's expected value, principally due to Mr. Granville-Smith's
          medical  problems,  on April 16, 1999,  the  settlement  agreement was
          amended,  writing off the consulting  fees and resulting in payment of
          only  $3,000.00 (the cost  associated  therewith) for the same 150,000
          shares  of  the  Registrant's  common  stock.  A copy  of the  amended
          settlement  agreement  dated April 16, 1999, is attached as an exhibit
          to this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index"). As of the date of this
          filing  these  shares are in the process of being  issued.  When these
          shares are issued to the Yankee Companies, Inc. they will have a total
          of 635,000 shares.

     (6)  The Calvo  Family is  comprised  of Cyndi N. Calvo,  William A. Calvo,
          III, her husband, and their three minor children,  William,  Alexander
          and  Edward.  Each  member of the family  holds  40,0000  shares  (the
          children's  shares  are held by their  parents,  in trust) and Mr. and
          Mrs.  Calvo  hold  100,000  shares as tenants  by the  entireties.  In
          addition,  55,000  shares  are held by the  Calvo  Family  Spendthrift
          Trust, a Florida trust for the benefit of the Calvo family,  for which
          Mrs.  Calvo  serves as  trustee.  See Note (5) for  additional  shares
          attributable to the Calvo Family.

     (7)  Record ownership of 200,000 shares. In addition,  Mr. Radcliffe's sons
          Michael and Dennis  Radcliffe  each own 50,000 shares and his daughter
          Vanessa Radcliffe owns 65,000 shares.

                                       72
<PAGE>
     (8)  Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement with Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith
          dated March 22, 1999,  the Registrant is to issue 47,000 shares of its
          common stock to any entities designated by Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,
          and in such portions as Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr., so designates:  it
          being  understood  that  30,000 of these  shares  will be  immediately
          transferred to designees of Mr. Spellman,  as consideration  for their
          release of  Registrant,  referred  to  herein.  As of the date of this
          filing  these  shares are in the process of being  issued.  When these
          shares  are  issued,  Edward  "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  will have
          control of 1,062,000  shares,  and Jerry C. "J.C."  Spellman will have
          control of 897,691 shares.

     (9)  Beneficial and record. Ms. Field and Mr. Joffe serve as directors.

     (10) Mr. Chamberlin serves as a director and as the Registrant's  secretary
          and general counsel.  The Registrant has engaged G. Richard Chamberlin
          to prepare and file this report.  Mr.  Chamberlin  agreed to waive his
          regular  hourly  rate for this  project and the  Registrant  agreed to
          issue Mr. Chamberlin 50,000 shares of its common stock. As of the date
          of this filing these shares are in the process of being  issued.  When
          these  shares are issued Mr.  Chamberlin  will have a total of 175,000
          shares.

     (11) Mark  Granville-Smith  is the  attorney-in-fact  for his father Edward
          "Ted"   Granville   Smith,   Jr.   Pursuant   to  the   terms  of  the
          Granville-Smith  Settlement  Agreement,  filed as an  exhibit  to this
          report,  it is  anticipated  that he will be  elected  to the Board of
          Directors to replace Edward "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr., who resigned
          as a director pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement.

     (12) Does not include shares issued to Messrs.  Weiss, Moffett and Homan as
          to which the  Registrant  has advised its transfer agent to decline to
          honor any transactions based on failure of consideration.  See Items 3
          and 10 of this report.


ITEM 12.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The response to this Item as contained in the  Registrant's  report on Form
10-KSB  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  is  hereby  incorporated  by
reference,  as permitted by Rule  12b-23,  except as modified by the  disclosure
contained in Part II of the Registrant's quarterly report on Form 10-QSB for the
quarter ended September 30, 1998, also incorporated by reference hereto, and for
matters  discussed  in this  report in  response to Items 1, 2, 3, 10, and 11 in
this report.  In addition:

(a)  Charles Scimeca

     Mr.  Scimeca has  represented  the  following to the  Registrant's  general
counsel:  On July  7,  1998,  Mr.  Scimeca  transferred  450,000  shares  of the
Registrant's common stock to Palmair,  Inc., a Bahamian Corporation,  located at
55  Frederick  Street,  Nassau,  Bahamas,  with a contact  person by the name of
Christian  Gentis,  who was the record shareholder  and  director  thereof.  Mr.
Gentis,  at the  time,  acknowledged  that  Mr.  Scimeca  was  retaining  a 100%
beneficial ownership interest in Palmair, Inc. On December 18, 1998, Mr. Scimeca
relinquished  his interest in Palmair,  Inc.,  for  $4,500.00.  He  specifically
disclaimed any interest in Palmair,  Inc., and he has informed the  Registrant's
Board of Directors that he is not a stockholder, officer or director in Palmair,
Inc. nor does he have any beneficial interest therein.  A copy of the memorandum
from Mr.  Scimeca  dated March 26,  1999,  is filed as an exhibit to this report
(see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index").

                                       73
<PAGE>

     Mr. Scimeca holds a warrant to purchase  200,000 shares of the Registrant's
common stock at a price of $.02 per share. The warrant agreement was filed as an
exhibit in the Registrant's report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar quarter ended
September  30, 1998 and the  discussion  thereof is  incorporated  by  reference
hereto. In December,  1998, Mr. Scimeca represented to the new Board, that based
on certain  promises  made by the former sole  director,  he was  entitled to an
additional 200,000 shares of stock. In reliance on Mr. Scimeca's representations
the Board authorized the execution of an option to purchase 200,000 shares.  The
identification of two different Board  Resolutions  authorizing the issuance of
the same  number of shares  for the same  reason to Mr.  Scimeca,  confuses  the
issue. A copy of the Board  Resolution dated January 30, 1998 was included as an
exhibit to Form 10-KSB for the period  ended  December  31, 1997 and a copy of a
Board Resolution,  dated March 9, 1998, is included as an exhibit to this report
(see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index").  Further Board action is necessary to reconcile
the apparent inconsistencies concerning the issuance of stock, outstanding Board
Resolutions, and the terms of the warrant agreement.

(b)   G. Richard Chamberlin

     The Registrant  has engaged G. Richard  Chamberlin to prepare and file this
report.  Mr.  Chamberlin agreed to waive his regular hourly rate for this single
project in exchange for 50,000 shares of the  Registrant's  common  stock.  When
these shares are issued Mr. Chamberlin will have a total of 175,000 shares.

(c)  Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith, Jr, and Jerry C. Spellman

     A discussion  of the  acquisition  of  materially  all of the  Registrant's
operations and assets by Messers. Granville-Smith, Spellman and their affiliates
is contained in Item 1, Business- Discontinued Operations,  and is incorporated
herein by reference.

     Pursuant to the  Settlement  Agreement  with Edward "Ted"  Granville-Smith,
dated March 22, 1999,  the  Registrant  is to issue 47,000  shares of its common
stock  to any  entities  designated  by Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  and in such
portions as Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  designates:  it being  understood  that
30,000 of these  shares will be  immediately  transferred  to  designees  of Mr.
Spellman,  as  consideration  in their  release of the  Registrant,  referred to
herein.  As of the date of this filing  these shares are in the process of being
issued. When these shares are issued,  Edward "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr., will
have control of 1,062,000 shares, and Jerry C. "J.C". Spellman will have control
of 897,691 shares.

(d)   The Yankee Companies, Inc.

     The  discussion  of  the  Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  association  with  the
Registrant is, as permitted by Rule 12b-23, incorporated by reference to the
discussion thereof in Part II of the Registrant's  report on Form 10-QSB for the
quarter ended  September 30, 1998. A copy of the  settlement  agreement with Mr.
Calvo  was  filed as an  exhibit  on Form  8-KSB  filed on March 5, 1999 and the
discussion  thereof is incorporated by reference  hereto.  A copy of the amended
settlement agreement dated April 16, 1999 is filed as an exhibit to this report,
and the discussion in Item 11, Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners
of Management,  footnote 5, is incorporated by reference  hereto. As of the date
of this filing the shares have not yet been  issued.  When the shares are issued
the Yankee Companies, Inc. will have a total of 635,000 shares.


                                       74
<PAGE>

RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     The response to this item is  incorporated  by reference to the  comparable
item in the  Registrant's  report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31,
1997,  supplemented  by the  Response to Part II of the  Registrant's  quarterly
report on Form 10-QSB for the calendar  quarter  ended  September  30, 1998,  as
permitted by Rule 12b-23.

     The following table summarizes issuances of unregistered securities by the
Registrant during the preceding three years.

Date
Securities                         Common    Offering  Consideration   Claimed
Issued    Stockholder              Shares    Price     Paid           Exemption

06-14-96  G. William Hollar         10,000    (1)(a,e)  (1)(a,e)       Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Thomas & Carol Horne      10,000    (1)(a,e   (1)(a,e)       Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Carlton P. Moffatt, Jr.   10,000    (1)(a,e)  (1)(a,e)       Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Gene R. Moffitt          100,000    (1)(c,e)  (1)(c,e)       Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Donald Homan             100,000    (1)(c,d,e)(1)(c,d,e)     Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Macon & Associates        50,000    (1)(b,d,e)(1)(b,d,e)     Sec 4(2)
06-14-96  Charles Scimeca          100,000    (1)(c)    (1)(c)         Sec 4(2)
10-14-96  Marilyn Karpoff           50,000    (2)(a,b)  (2)(a,b)       Sec 4(2)
10-14-96  Edward Kerper             25,000    (2)(b,d)  (2)(b,d)       Sec 4(2)
10-14-96  Liberty Transfer Co.       5,000    (2)(c,d)  (2)(c,d)       Sec 4(2)
04-28-97  Gary & Jean Vulgamore      5,000    (3)       (3)            Sec 4(2)
04-28-97  Jay C. Salyer             50,000    (4)       (4)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Jean Wilson (6)            3,750    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Lisa Conger (6)            3,750    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Sara Sander (6)           67,500    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Jean Wilson (6)            1,250    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Lisa Conger (6)            1,250    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Sara Sander (6)           22,500    (5)       (5)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Charles J. Scimeca       150,000    (7)       (7)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Gary/Jean Vulgamore       20,000    (3)       (3)            Sec 4(2)
03-26-98  Mark Granville-SmithTrust 20,000    (8)       (8)            Sec 4(2)
09-04-98  William J. Reilly,(6)     25,000    (9)       (9)            Sec 4(2)
09-10-98  Carrington Capital(6)     25,000    (10)      (10)           Sec 4(2)
11-24-98  Yankee Companies          (11)     (11)      (11)           Sec 4(2)
12-09-98  Blue Lake Capital        630,000   $12,600    (12)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  M. Tucker
          C/F Shayna Tucker        108,750   $2,750     (12)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  M. Tucker
          C/F Montana Tucker       108,750   $2,750     (12)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  Yankee Companies         435,000   $8,700     (12)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  Calvo Family
          Spendthrift Trust        217,500   $4,350     (12)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  G. Richard Chamberlin    125,000   $2,500     (13)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  Anthony Q. Joffe          62,500   $1,250     (13)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  Penny L. Adams Fields     62,500   $1,250     (13)           Sec 4(6)
12-09-98  Yankee Companies          50,000    (13)      (14)           Sec 4(2)
12-09-98  Carrington Capital Corp   25,000    (10)      (10)           Sec 4(2)
12-09-98  Charles Scimeca          200,000    (14)      (15)           Sec 4(2)


                                       75
<PAGE>

     (1)  A Board  Resolution  dated June 7, 1996  authorizes  the  issuance  of
          shares to members of the  Registrant's  Board of Advisors, Officers,
          Donald E. Homan, Gene R. Moffitt and Charles J. Scimeca, as follows:

          (a)  Board of  Advisors:  Consideration  for  services on the Board of
               Advisors for not less than 36 months.  The value of the shares is
               shown at $1.00 per share.  Neither  Carlton P.  Moffatt,  Jr., G.
               William  Hollar nor Thomas & Carol Horne appear to have  remained
               on the Board of Advisors for the required 36 months and therefore
               the consideration remains unpaid.

          (b)  Officers:  Consideration for services as an officer of Registrant
               for not less than 36 months.  The value of the shares is shown at
               $1.00 per share.  Rafi Weiss (whose designee was Macon Associates
               Corp.)  did not serve as an officer  for 36 months and  therefore
               the consideration remains unpaid.

          (c)  Donald  E.  Homan,   Gene  R.   Moffitt   and  Charles   Scimeca:
               consideration includes the transfer of stock of certain corporate
               entities.  The value of the  shares is shown as $1.00 per  share.
               The corporate  entities were never  transferred as intended.  The
               consideration  has not  been  paid.  (See  Footnote  2).  Charles
               Scimeca,   the   President  of  the   Registrant,   is  presently
               negotiating with the Registrant for the purposes of modifying the
               consideration.  Neither  Donald E. Homan or Gene R.  Moffitt have
               made  any  effort  to  negotiate  with  the  Registrant  with the
               purposes of modifying the  consideration  or complying with their
               obligations.

          (d)  The series of transactions  involving  Messrs.  Weiss and Moffett
               were  discussed in the Registrant's report on Form 10-KSB for the
               calendar  year ended  December  31,  1997 and the  discussion  is
               incorporated by reference  hereto.  In November,  1998, Mr. Homan
               was removed from his position as an officer of the Registrant.

          (e)  For all the above  persons,  except  for Mr.  Scimeca,  listed in
               (a,b,c above):  The transfer agent and the stockholders have been
               notified that because  consideration  has not been paid, the Rule
               144  holding  period has not  started,  and the  transfer agent's
               records  should  reflect that  position.  These persons have been
               requested to pay the  consideration  of $1.00 per share or return
               the stock.  See Part II, Item 5, Market for  Registrant's  Common
               Equity and Related Stockholders  Matters,  concerning the absence
               of an established  public trading market for the common stock  at
               the time period referred to in this paragraph.

                                       76
<PAGE>

     (2)  A Board  Resolution  dated October 2, 1996  authorizes the issuance of
          shares as follows:

          (a)  Marilyn Karpoff: Pursuant to agreement to serve as vice president
               of the  Registrant  for at least 24  months. The value of the
               shares is shown as $.40 per share.  Ms.  Karpoff did not serve as
               vice  president  for 24 months and  therefore  the  consideration
               remains unpaid.  The transfer agent and the stockholder have been
               notified that because  consideration  has not been paid, the Rule
               144  holding  period has not  started,  and the  transfer agent's
               records  should  reflect that  position.  These persons have been
               requested to pay the  consideration  of $0.40 per share or return
               the stock.

          (b)  Edward Kerper: In  consideration  for  services  rendered  to the
               corporation for recruitment of officers.

          (c)  Liberty Transfer  Company: In lieu of interest  and late  payment
               charges.

          (d)  The value of the shares  authorized on October 2, 1996, is shown
               as $.40 per share.  See Part II, Item 5, Market for  Registrant's
               Common Equity and Related  Stockholders  Matters,  concerning the
               absence of an  established  public  trading market for the common
               stock for the time period referred to in this  paragraph.  A copy
               of  the  letter  to  the  transfer   agent  along  with  a  Board
               Resolution,  dated  October 2, 1996, is attached as an exhibit to
               this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit Index")

    (3)  Issued  at the  direction  of prior  management  as  compensation  for
          services rendered including payment for packaging,  printing,  copying
          and typing;  however,  neither the offering  price,  consideration  or
          exemption  relied on is  clearly  identifiable.  See Part II,  Item 5,
          Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related   Stockholders
          Matters,  concerning  the  absence of an  established  public  trading
          market for the common  stock for the time  period  referred to in this
          paragraph.

     (4)  Jay  C.  Salyer,  Esq.:  Issued  as  retainer  and  consideration  for
          attorney's preparation of 10-KSB for year ended December 31, 1997. The
          attorney did not perform the required  services,  and  therefore  full
          consideration  for the  shares has not been  paid.  Consequently,  the
          holding period under Rule 144 has not commenced.  The Board Resolution
          authorizing the issuance of shares to Mr. Salyer does not indicate the
          number of shares to be issued.  The Board must address this issue with
          the stock transfer  agent.  The Registrant has instructed it's general
          counsel to negotiate appropriate fees for actual services rendered. In
          the  interim,  it  has  instructed  its  transfer  agent  to  dishonor
          transactions in any such  securities.  A copy of the Board  Resolution
          issuing  shares to Mr. Salyer is included as an exhibit to this report
          (see  "Item  13-Exhibit  Index").  These  shares  were  issued  by the
          Registrant  at the  direction  of prior  management  and  neither  the
          offering  price,  consideration  or  exemption  relied  on is  clearly
          identifiable

     (5)  Issued  by  Registrant  at  the  direction  of  prior   management  as
          compensation   for  unspecified   services  for  the  benefit  of  the
          Registrant and neither the offering price,  consideration or exemption
          relied on is clearly  identifiable.  The securities  were issued to Al
          Sanders and Liberty  Transfer  Company,  in the name of the  following
          designees:  Sara  Sanders,  Al  Sanders'  wife;  Lisa  Conger and Jean
          Wilson,  Al  Sanders'  daughters.  See Part  II,  Item 5,  Market  for
          Registrant's   Common   Equity  and  Related   Stockholders   Matters,
          concerning the absence of an established public trading market for the
          common stock for the time period referred to in this paragraph.


                                       77
<PAGE>

     (6)  The   sole   member   of  the   Registrant's   Board,   Edward   "Ted"
          Granville-Smith, Jr., authorized the issuance of 100,000 shares to the
          Registrant's  transfer  agent for services  rendered and 25,000 of the
          shares were to be free trading per the filing of a form S-8. A copy of
          the Board Resolution dated January 30, 1998 was included as an exhibit
          to the report on Form 10-KSB for the calender year ended  December 31,
          1997, A form S-8 was never filed and the stock was  improperly  issued
          to affiliates of the transfer agent, Jean Wilson (1,250 shares),  Lisa
          Conger (1,250 shares),  Sara Sanders (22,500 shares),  by the transfer
          agent  allegedly  under  Rule  504,  (Although  no  notice  on  Form D
          pertaining thereto was ever filed by the Registrant with the SEC.) Mr.
          Granville-Smith  also authorized the issuance of 25,000 shares each to
          William J. Reilly, Esq., and Carrington Capital  Corporation.  William
          J. Reilly,  Esq., is a securities  attorney whom Mr.  Granville-Smith,
          Jr., was  considering  hiring.  Shares were issued at the direction of
          Edward "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  prior to the election of current
          management,  apparently on the advise of Mr. Reilly. A copy of a Board
          Resolution  dated  September 1, 1998 is attached as an exhibit to this
          report  (see "Item 13 - Exhibit  Index").  See Part II, Item 5, Market
          for  Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Stockholders  Matters,
          concerning the absence of an established public trading market for the
          common stock for the time period referred to in this paragraph.  After
          examination  of certain  records  in the  possession  of the  transfer
          agent, the Registrant's  general counsel noted that certain securities
          were issued pursuant to Rule 504. The Registrant's  general counsel is
          of the  opinion  that the  Rule 504  exemption  is only  available  to
          issuers that are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections
          13 or 15(d) and therefore was not appropriate in these instances.  The
          Registrant  has requested  the parties and the transfer  agent to stop
          any attempted transfer of the these shares and has requested recall of
          the stock for proper  legending.  A copy of the letter to the transfer
          agent is attached as an exhibit to this report (see "Item 13 - Exhibit
          Index").  At  the  time  of  this  filing,  Carrington  has  responded
          affirmatively  and has represented  that Carrington will return 25,000
          free trading shares for appropriate legending. As to the other persons
          and entities,  litigation is possible if the other persons or entities
          do not cooperate in correcting the improper reliance on Rule 504.

     (7)  Charles  J.  Scimeca:   Bonus  for  efforts  in  finding   acquisition
          candidates and for good office representation to the public. Issued at
          the  direction  of prior  management;  however,  neither the  offering
          price,  consideration or exemption relied on is clearly  identifiable.
          See Part II, Item 5, Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
          Stockholders Matters,  concerning the absence of an established public
          trading market for the common stock for the time period referred to in
          this paragraph.

     (8)  R. Mark  Granville-Smith  Trust:  Compensation for consulting services
          and bookkeeping services for the benefit of Registrant.  Issued at the
          direction  of  prior   management;   however,   the  offering   price,
          consideration,  and exemption relied on, is not clearly  identifiable.
          See Part II, Item 5, Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
          Stockholders Matters,  concerning the absence of an established public
          trading market for the common stock for the time period referred to in
          this paragraph.

     (9)  William J.  Rielly,  Esq.:  Issued as retainer and  consideration  for
          attorney's  preparation  of Form  10-KSB for the  calendar  year ended
          December 31, 1997, at the direction of prior management.  However, the
          offering  price ,  consideration,  and  exemption  relied  on,  is not
          clearly  identifiable.  The  Attorney  did not perform  services,  and
          therefore  full  consideration  for the shares has not been paid.  The
          Registrant   has   instructed   it's  general   counsel  to  negotiate
          appropriate  fees for actual services  rendered.  In the interim,  the
          Registrant has instructed its transfer agent to dishonor  transactions
          in any such  securities.  See footnote 5 above,  incorporated and made
          apart of this footnote.

                                       78
<PAGE>

     (10) Carrington  Capital  Corp:   Consulting  services  for  assisting  the
          Registrant to prepare  disclosure  information  required by SEC and to
          monitor the 15c2-11  compliance process and to assist the market maker
          in filing Form 15c2-11 with the NASD. Issued at the direction of prior
          management however, the offering price,  consideration,  and exemption
          relied  on,  is  not  clearly  identifiable.  See footnote  5  above,
          incorporated and made apart of this footnote.

     (11) Yankees Warrants: Under the terms of its consulting agreement with the
          Registrant,  Yankees has the right to purchase 10% of the Registrant's
          common stock,  as  determined  immediately  following  exercise of the
          option  in  consideration  for  $60,000.00.  A copy of the  consulting
          agreement  with Yankees was filed as an exhibit to the Form 10-QSB for
          the calendar  quarter ended  September 30, 1998,  the details of which
          are  incorporated  by  reference  hereto as  permitted by Rule 12b-23.
          Exercise of Yankee's  option would  materially  affect  control of the
          Registrant.

     (12) A private  placement of 1,500,000  shares of the  Registrant's  common
          stock at $0.02 per share,  to the  Yankees,  and it's  affiliates,  in
          reliance on the exemption from  registration  provided by Section 4(6)
          of the  Securities  Act. See Part II, Item 5, Market for  Registrant's
          Common  Equity  and  Related  Stockholders  Matters,  for  information
          concerning  the market price of the  Registrant's  common stock during
          the relevant periods.

     (13) Part  of  a  private  placement  to  the  Registrant's  newly  elected
          directors,  on or about  December 9, 1998, at which time the bid price
          for the Registrant's common stock was $0.0625 per share. The resale of
          the stock  involved is subject to Rule 144 and the stock is  therefore
          not  marketable  until  December 9, 1999.  The  Registrant's  auditor,
          Bowman & Bowman,  P.A., by and through it's  president,  Larry Bowman,
          orally advised the Registrant's legal counsel,  that after considering
          the bid price, the proximity of the private placement to a long period
          of non-trading in the stock, the book value of the Registrant's  stock
          as of the dates in question, and the consideration paid for the stock,
          no compensation is likely to be attributable to the  subscribers.  The
          Registrant's  general counsel is of the opinion that should this stock
          be attributed  value in excess of $0.02 per share,  some  compensation
          will inure to each of the recipients.  See Part II, Item 5, Market for
          Registrant's  Common  Equity and  Related  Stockholders  Matters,  for
          information  concerning public prices in the registrant's common stock
          during the relevant periods.

     (14) Yankees:  Reimbursement  for 50,000  shares  paid by the Calvo  Family
          Spendthrift Trust to Carrington Capital Corporation for the benefit of
          the Registrant.

     (15) Charles J. Scimeca: Warrants; A copy of the warrant agreement with Mr.
          Scimeca  was filed as an  exhibit to the  Registrant's  report on Form
          10-QSB for the calendar  quarter ended September 30, 1998, the details
          of which are  incorporated  by  reference  hereto as permitted by Rule
          12b-23.  The  comments  concerning  Mr.  Scimeca  in Item 11,  Certain
          Relationships   and   Related   Transactions,   in  this   report  are
          incorporated  by reference  hereto.  Consideration  to be paid on full
          exercise is $4,000.00.

COMPARABILITY OF TERMS

     It is the  opinion  of the  Registrant's  current  management  that in each
transaction  described  above since current  management  assumed  control of the
Registrant,  the terms of transactions  involving the Registrant's  officers and
directors were  materially  more favorable to the Registrant  than it could have
obtained from unrelated sources, except for the transactions with Messrs. Edward
"Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr. and Jerry Spellman,  which were neither arms length
nor on terms deemed fair to the Registrant.

                                      79
<PAGE>

ITEM 13.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

  (a) Exhibits:


Exhibit     Page     Description

2.1       (3)  Stock Exchange Agreement re Homan Equities, Inc.,
2.2       (4)  Stock Exchange Agreement re Moffett Properties, Ltd..
2.3       (3)  Stock Exchange Agreement re Equity Growth Realty, inc.
2.4       86   Settlement Agreement with Edward Granville-Smith, Jr.
2.5       97   General Release with Jerry C. Spellman
2.6       99   American Internet Letter of Intent

3.1       (7)  Amended and Restated Bylaws as of December, 1998.

10.1      (1)  Agreement for  settlement of  outstanding  claims with the
               Registrant's attorneys.
10.2      (1)  Agreement for settlement of outstanding claims with the
               Registrant's accountants.
10.3      (1)  Employment Agreement with Edward Granville-Smith, Jr.
10.4      (1)  Consultant Agreement with Bolina Trading Co., S.A.
10.5      (2)  Settlement Agreement between Registrant and Equity Growth
               Systems, inc., a Maryland corporation.
10.6      (3)  Assignment of Indenture of Trust by Milpitas,  Inc., including
               Indenture of Trust.
10.7      (3)  Engagement Agreement with Diversified  Corporate Consulting
               Group, LLC.
10.8      (3)  Corrective Bill of Sale.
10.9      (3)  (a)  Employment Agreement with Gene R. Moffett.
               (b)  Resignation of Gene R. Moffett
10.10     (3)  Employment Agreement with Donald E. Homan.
10.11     (3)  Employment Agreement with Charles J. Scimeca.
10.12     (3)  Repayment Agreement with WEFT Trust.
10.13     (5)  Settlement between Registrant, Diversified, and Trustee.
10.14     (4)  Assignment of Deed of Trust: L29160.
10.15     (4)  Assignment of Leases and/or Rents L29161.
10.16     (4)  Assignment of Tripartite Agreement L29162.
10.17     (4)  Agreement: First Ken-Co with San Safe dated Oct 20, 1997.
10.18     (4)  Statement of Unanimous Consent by Ken-Co Properties.

                                       80
<PAGE>

10.19     (4)  General Warranty Deed dated October 20, 1997, Kansas property.
10.20     (4)  Termination of Memorandum of Lease, Kansas property (7)
10.21     (4)  Mutual Release dated October 20, 1997.
10.22     (7)  Subscription agreements with new subscribers and new officers
               and directors.
10.23     (7)  Consulting agreement with Yankee Companies, Inc.
10.24     (7)  Recent  Settlements and Releases with creditors.
10.25     (7)  Proposed  Settlement Agreement with Mr. Granville-Smith, Jr.
10.26     (7)  Stock Purchase Option Agreement with Mr. Scimeca.
10.27     (8)  Calvo Settlement Agreement
10.28     (8)  Proposed Consulting Agreements with the Gaff Group, Inc.,
               Sports Collectibles Exchange, Cental Communications Group, Inc.
               and Golden Jersey Products, Inc.
10.29     (8)  Engagement agreement for 1998 audit with Bowman & Bowman, P.A.,
               certified public accountants.
10.30     105  Calvo amended settlement agreement, dated February 18, 1999.
10.31     107  Consulting Agreement with Funds America Finance Corporation,
               dated May 7, 1999.

16.01    (3)(8)Letters re: Change in Certifying Accountant.

23.3     (3-6) Auditor's Consent (Baum)
23.4      124  Auditor's Consent (Bowman & Bowman).


99.1      (4)  Substitute Trustee's Deed, Memphis Property.
99.2      (4)  Proof of Publication, Memphis Property.
99.3      (4)  Order of Dismissal with Prejudice: Case No 97-2072.
99.4      (4)  Letter to David Albright, Esq. dated December 18, 1997.
99.5      (4)  Complaint for Declaratory Judgement: First Ken Co. V. JJ Martin
               et. al.
99.6      (6)  Letter to David Albright, Esq. dated April 22, 1998.
99.7      (6)  Letter to David Albright, Esq. dated May 28, 1998.
99.8      (6)  Real Estate Title Reports for Nevada, California, Tennessee,
               Kansas and Oregon properties subject to Wrap Mortgages and Leases
99.9      (6)  Director's Resolution as to shares of the Registrant's common
               stock to officer and transfer agent.
99.10     (6)  Director's Resolution Dismissing Vice President for
               Acquisitions.
99.11     (7)  Written  Consent  in Lieu of  Special  Meeting  of  Board of
               Directors for November 6, 1998.
99.12     (7)  Minutes of Special Meeting of Board of Directors for November
               27, 1998.
99.13     (7)  Minutes of Special Meeting of Board of Directors for December
               8, 1998.
99.14     (7)  Amended Notice for Special Meeting of Board of Directors for
               November 27, 1998.

                                       81
<PAGE>

99.15     (7)  Minutes of Special Meeting of Board of Directors for December
               11, 1998, part 1.
99.16     (7)  Minutes of Special Meeting of Board of Directors for December
               11, 1998, part 2.
99.17     (7)  Notice for  Special Meeting of Board of Directors for November
               27, 1998.
99.18     (4)  Director's resolution accepting Moffit Resignation.
99.19     (4)  Director's resolution electing Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith,
               President & CEO.
99.20     (6)  Director's  resolution  issuing  100,000  shares to Transfer
               Agent and 150,000  shares to Charles  Scimeca  dated  January 30,
               1998.
99.21     125  Director's  resolution  issuing  150,000  shares  to  Charles
               Scimeca,  20,000  shares to Gary and Jean  Vulgamore  and  20,000
               shares to R. Mark Granville-Smith Trust, dated March 9, 1998.
99.22     126  Director's resolution issuing 25,000 shares to Leonard Tucker,
               dated May 28, 1998.
99.23     (8)  Minutes of Special Meeting of Board of Directors for March 3,
               1999.
99.24     127  Written Consent in Lieu of  Special Meeting of Board of
               Directors for June 7, 1996.
99.25     130  Written Consent in Lieu of  Special Meeting of Board of
               Directors for October 2, 1996
99.26     132  Board Resolution issuing shares to Mr. Slayer
99.27     133  Meeting of the Board of Directors for September 1, 1998.
99.28     134  Meeting of the Board of Directors for November 11, 1998.
99.29     138  Letter to transfer agent concerning appropriate consideration
               not paid, dated May 3, 1999.
99.30     140  Letter to transfer agent concerning Rule 504 stock,
               dated May 3, 1999.
99.31     142  Memorandum from Mr. Scimeca, dated March 26, 1999.
99.32     143  American Internet Private Placemenr Memorandum
- --------
(1)  Filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  report on Form  10-KSB  for the
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, bearing the exhibit designation number
     shown  above;  incorporated  by  reference  herein as permitted by SEC Rule
     12b-23.
(2)  Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's report on Form 8-KSB dated July 14,
     1995, bearing the exhibit  designation number shown above;  incorporated by
     reference herein as permitted by SEC Rule 12b-23.
(3)  Filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  report on Form  10-KSB  for the
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, bearing the exhibit designation number
     shown  above;  incorporated  by  reference  herein as permitted by SEC Rule
     12b-23.
(4)  Filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  report on Form  10-KSB  for the
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, bearing the exhibit designation number
     shown  above;  incorporated  by  reference  herein as permitted by SEC Rule
     12b-23.

                                       82

<PAGE>

(5)  Filed as an exhibit to the Form 8-KSB for period  dated  September 8, 1997,
     bearing  the  exhibit  designation  number  shown  above;  incorporated  by
     reference herein as permitted by SEC Rule 12b-23.
(6)  Filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  report on Form  10-KSB  for the
     fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, bearing the exhibit designation number
     shown  above;  incorporated  by  reference  herein as permitted by SEC Rule
     12b-23.
(7)  Filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registrant's  report on Form  10-QSB  for the
     fiscal quarter ended  September  30,1998,  bearing the exhibit  designation
     number shown above;  incorporated  by reference  herein as permitted by SEC
     Rule 12b-23.
(8)  Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's report on Form 8-KSB filed on March
     5, 1999, bearing the exhibit  designation number shown above;  incorporated
     by reference herein as permitted by SEC Rule 12b-23.


(b)  8-KSB Reports

     No reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the last  quarter of the calendar
year ended  December  31,  1998.  A report on Form 8-KSB  dealing  with  certain
material consulting  agreements and the change in auditors(letter  from auditors
filed as an exhibit to the 8-KSB/a  filed on April 2, 1999) was filed during the
first quarter of 1999.

                                       83

<PAGE>


                           Signatures
Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, there unto duly authorized.

Dated: May 25, 1999

                  Equity Growth Systems, inc.

                  By: /s/ Charles J. Scimeca /s/
           -----------------------------------------
    Charles J. Scimeca, President & Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Signature                     Date                Title

/s/Charles J. Scimeca/s/      May 25, 1999       President, Chief Executive
                                                 Officer, Director


/s/G. Richard Chamberlin/s/   May 25, 1999       Secretary, General Counsel,
                                                 Director

/s/ Penny L. Adams Field      May 25, 1999       Director, Audit Committee
                                                 Chair

/s/Anthony Q. Joffe /s/       May 25, 1999       Director


                                       84
<PAGE>


                     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                    Corporate Headquarters:
                  Equity Growth Systems, inc.
                  President:  Charles Scimeca
       8001 DeSoto Woods Drive; Sarasota, Florida, 34243
Telephone Number:  (941) 358-8182  Facsimile Transmission (941) 358-8423

                        General Counsel
                The Chamberlin Law Office, Inc.
                  G. Richard Chamberlin, Esq,
  1941 Southeast 51st Terrace, Suite 800, Ocala, Florida 34471
Telephone (352) 694-6714:  Facsimile Transmission (352) 694-9178

                          Subsidiaries:
                       None currently active.


                 Independent Public Accountants:
                     Bowman & Bowman, P.A.
                       Attn: Larry Bowman
 1705 Colonial Boulevard, Suite D-1, Fort Meyers, Florida 33907
Telephone (941) 939-2301: Facsimile Transmission (941) 939-1297


                         Transfer Agent:
                     Liberty Transfer Company
         191 New York Avenue, Huntington, New York 11743
Telephone (516)-385-1616: Facsimile Transmission (516) 385-1619


     Exhibits  to the  Form  10-KSB  will be  provided  to  shareholders  of the
Registrant upon written request  addressed to: The Chamberlin Law Office,  Inc.,
G. Richard  Chamberlin,  Esq.,  1941 Southeast 51st Terrace,  Suite 800,  Ocala,
Florida 34471, Any exhibits  furnished are subject to a reasonable  photocopying
charge.

     The Securities  and Exchange  Commission has not approved or disapproved of
this Form 10-KSB and Annual  Report to  Shareholders  nor has it passed upon its
accuracy or adequacy.

                                       85


                           Settlement Agreement

     This Settlement Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into by and
among Equity Growth Systems,  inc., a publicly held Delaware  corporation with a
class  of  securities  registered  under  Section  12(g) of the  Securities  and
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Equity  Growth  Systems" and the  "Exchange
Act," respectively);  Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith,  Jr., a Florida resident who
for longer than three years served as the sole director, president and the chief
executive  officer of Equity  Growth  Systems (Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.");  as
Trustee for The Granville-Smith Trust Dated August 13, 1976 (the "GS Trust"); as
Statutory  Trustee  for First Ken Co  Properties,  Inc.,  a  dissolved  Delaware
Corporation ("First Ken Co"); as a managing partner and U.S. registered agent of
K. Walker  International,  LTD., (a/k/a K. Walker,  LTD), a Bahamian Corporation
("KWL");  as a principal  and director of Milpitas  Investors,  Inc., a Delaware
Corporation ("Milpitas");  and as Trustee of the Milpitas Investors, Inc. Trust,
('Milpitas Trust"); Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., as Statutory Trustee for Equity
Growth Systems,  Inc., a dissolved Maryland Corporation ("EGSM");  Equity Growth
Systems, Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr., the GS Trust, First Ken Co., KWL, Milpitas,
Milpitas  Trust,  EGSM,  being  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to  as  the
"Parties"  and each being  sometimes  hereinafter  generically  referred to as a
"Party").

                                    Preamble:

     WHEREAS, Mr. Granville-Smith,  Jr. has heretofore resigned and retired from
his official  roles as an officer and director of Equity  Growth  Systems and in
order to induce new individuals to assume successor roles, offered to settle all
claims he may have had under employment,  consulting and creditor  relationships
with Equity Growth Systems, as hereinafter described and

     WHEREAS,  this agreement is conditioned on the Board of Directors of Equity
Growth  Systems  electing  Mark  Granville-Smith  as a new Board  member for the
purposes of replacing Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith, Jr.; and

     WHEREAS, Mr. Granville-Smith, Jr. understands that he is acting for his
owns interest, and the interests of entities affiliated and/or controlled,
other than Equity Growth Systems; and

     WHEREAS,  Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr. has  represented  to the newly elected
directors  and  management of Equity  Growth  Systems that he,  and/or  entities
affiliated  and/or  controlled  by him and/or his  designee(s),  has provided at
least  $147,000 in capital to or for the direct benefit of Equity Growth Systems
under arrangements calling for Equity Growth Systems to assure repayment thereof
(the "TGS Loans"); and

                                       86
<PAGE>
     WHEREAS,  Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr. agrees to discharge through rescission
the  series of  agreements  between  Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  in a number of
capacities  and Equity Growth  Systems (as  disclosed in Equity  Growth  Systems
reports on SEC Form 10-KSB for the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997,  the
"Milpitas Agreements"),  pursuant to which Equity Growth Systems acquired rights
to a number of real estate assets and/or interests in Limited  Partnership Notes
backed  by real  estate,  (the "LP  Assets"),  as a  result  of which he and his
designees  would assume all ownership  rights  theretofore  are vested in Equity
Growth Systems, inc.; and

     WHEREAS, in light of the complexities involved in the LP Assets, which only
Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.  and/or his designees  understand,  the newly elected
management  is of the opinion  that  disassociation  therefrom  in exchange  for
cancellation  of all  obligations  to the other Parties,  from whatever  source,
including,  without limitation,  employment and consulting  agreements,  the TGS
loans,  promissory  notes,  loans,  etc., is in the long term interest of Equity
Growth Systems:

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration  of the premises,  as well as the mutual
covenants  hereinafter  set forth,  the Parties,  intending to be legally bound,
hereby agree as follows:

                                   Witnesseth:

First:          Terms of Settlement

     The Parties hereby agree to settle all of their outstanding  claims against
each  other  and  their  members,  partners,  officers,  directors,  agents  and
affiliates, on the following terms:

A. In full payment of all obligations to all other Parties and their  affiliates
owed by Equity Growth Systems,  and its  affiliates,  from the beginning of time
until  the  date  of  this  Agreement,  as  well  as in  consideration  for  the
extinguishment of all agreements between them:

     1. The Milpitas  Agreements  are hereby  rescinded  and all rights  arising
thereunder  are hereby vested in Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr., or such entities or
entity as he may designate in his sole and absolute discretion.

     2.   (a)  Equity Growth  Systems  will,  within 72 hours after receipt of a
          fully executed, notarized copy of this Agreement and a General Release
          from Spellman,  individually and on behalf of Spellman and all related
          and affiliated  entities,  instruct its transfer agent to issue 47,000
          shares  of  its  common  stock  to  any  entities   designated  by  Mr
          Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  and in such  portions as Mr.  Granville-Smith,
          Jr., so designates:  it being  understood  that 30,000 of these shares
          will be immediately  transferred to third parties, as consideration in
          their release of Equity Growth Systems, referred to herein.

                                       87
<PAGE>
          (b)  Furthermore  with 72 hours of  presentment  of the fully executed
          documents described in this paragraph, Equity Growth Systems shall pay
          to Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr.  or to  any  entities  designated  by Mr
          Granville-Smith, Jr., the sum of $5,000.00.

          (c) Equity Growth Systems will cooperate in replacing lost,  destroyed
          or mutilated stock certificates previously,  properly and legitimately
          issued and that were  disclosed in previous  filings with the Security
          and Exchange Commission

     3.   (a) As a condition of closing  this  agreement,  Mr.  Granville-Smith,
          Jr., by and through his attorney in fact, Mark Granville-Smith,  shall
          provide  Equity  Growth  Systems  an  original  signed,  (by  Jerry C.
          Spellman,  individually  and on behalf of all related  and  affiliated
          entities), General Release.

          (b) The  General  Release  shall be duly and  properly  witnessed  and
          notarized.  Each page will be initialed by Mr. Jerry C. Spellman.  The
          release  shall be signed in the same  form as found and  attached  and
          marked as Exhibit "A" to this Agreement.

B. The Parties other than Equity Growth  Systems  hereby  rescind and relinquish
all rights  under any  agreements  between them or their  affiliates  and Equity
Growth Systems and its  affiliates,  other than those created by this Agreement,
relinquishing  rights to anything involving Equity,  including,  but not limited
to, any loans, bills of sale, corrected bills of sale, contracts or agreements.

C.   Mr. Granville-Smith, Jr. will, subject to physical capabilities and
limitations based on his health:

     1.   Cooperate with successor  management to terminate all agreements  with
          former officers,  directors and consultants not specifically  ratified
          by new  management  and in  recovery  of  securities  issued  pursuant
          thereto,  including,  without limitation,  Messrs.  Homan, Moffitt and
          Salyer;

                                       88
<PAGE>

     2.   Assist new  management  to prepare  all  reports to  governmental  and
          regulatory authorities required under applicable laws, regulations and
          rules, including,  without limitation,  tax returns and filings to the
          Securities and Exchange Commission.

     3.   (a) Confirm to G. Richard Chamberlin, Esq., within 48 hours of signing
          this  agreement,  that no Equity  Growth  Systems  Board of  Directors
          Resolution(s)  were signed by Edward  "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr., as
          Sole  Director  other than as  previously  represented  to G.  Richard
          Chamberlin in preparation for filing the 1997 10-KSB.

          (b) Edward  "Ted"  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  also  agrees to confirm the
          foregoing as to Board  resolution(s)  executed between January 1, 1998
          and December 31, 1998, and any Board  resolution for 1995, 1996, 1997,
          that does not appear as an exhibit to the 10-KSB's for 1995,  1996, or
          1997.

D.    Mr.  Granville-Smith,  Jr. hereby  represents  and warrants that, to the
best of his  knowledge  under his  current  physical  and mental  circumstances,
Equity  Growth  Systems  has no  liabilities  not  reflected  in  the  financial
statements  heretofore filed by it with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
while Mr. Granville-Smith, Jr., was acting as Sole Director and/or CEO of Equity
Growth Systems.

Second:     Mutual Releases

     (a)In  consideration  for the  exchange of  covenants  reflected  above but
excepting only the  obligations  created by this  Agreement,  the Parties hereby
each release,  discharge and forgive the other, and each of the others' members,
officers,   directors,   partners,   agents  and  employees  from  any  and  all
liabilities,  whether current or inchoate,  from the beginning of time until the
date of this Agreement.

     (b)It is expressly  understood  and agreed that the terms of settlement are
an accord and  satisfaction  and are in  compromise  of all claims in connection
with or relating to anything  involving Equity,  including,  but not limited to,
any loans,  bills of sale,  corrected  bills of sale,  contracts or  agreements,
thereby  relinquishing  any  claims  by Mr.  Ted  Granville-Smith,  Jr.,  and/or
Milpitas,  Milpitas  Trust,  KWL,  First Ken Co, GS Trust,  or other  companies,
trusts or entities which Mr. Ted Granville-Smith,  Jr., or any related entities,
may claim now or in the future.

                                       89
<PAGE>

Third:     Miscellaneous

3.1     Amendment.

     No modification,  waiver, amendment,  discharge or change of this Agreement
shall be valid unless the same is evinced by a written instrument, subscribed by
the Party  against  which such  modification,  waiver,  amendment,  discharge or
change  is  sought.  If any  conflict  arises  between  the  provisions  of this
Agreement and any amendments  hereto, the latest provisions shall in the absence
of manifest error prevail.

3.2     Notice.

     All notices,  demands or other  communications  given hereunder shall be in
writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly given on the fifth  business  day
after mailing by United  States  registered or unaudited  mail,  return  receipt
requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                            To Equity Growth Systems:
           902 Clint Moore Road, Suite 136; Boca Raton, Florida 33487
                Attention: Charles J. Scimeca, Acting President.

                          To Mr. Granville-Smith, Jr.:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110

       To the trustee for The Granville-Smith Trust dated August 13, 1976:
                Edward Granville- Smith c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110

            To K. Walker, L.T.D. a/k/a K. Walker International, LTD:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr. c/o Mark Granville-Smith
               10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110
                              with a copy to:
              K. Walker, L.T.D. a/k/a K. Walker International, Ltd.
          55 Frederick Street; Nassau, N.P., Bahamas, P.O. Box CP 13039

                                       90
<PAGE>
              To The Trustee of the Milpitas Investors, Inc. Trust:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110

                          To Milpitas Investors, Inc.:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110
                                 with a copy to:
                   Box 789, Charles Town, West Virginia 25414
                                with a copy to:
                                 US Corp Company
         1013 Center Road; Wilmington, Delaware 19805, Registered Agent
                           To Robert A Klein, Trustee:
     Indenture of Trust with Milpitas Investors Inc., dated October 31, 1992
        Seventh Floor, 8100 Boone Boulevard; Vienna, Virginia 22182-2642

              To Statutory Trustee for Equity Growth Systems, inc:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110

             To Statutory Trustee for First Ken Co Properties, Inc.:
              Edward Granville-Smith, Jr., c/o Mark Granville-Smith
            10460 Dumfries Road, Suite 121; Manassas, Virginia 20110
                                 with a copy to:
             The Corporation Trust Company; Corporation Trust Center
          1209 Orange St.; Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Registered Agent

or such other  address or to such other  person as any Party shall  designate to
the other for such purpose in the manner  hereinafter set forth. All notices and
communications shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it was
addressed  at the time of  transmission  in the case of a fax or other  means of
written  telecommunication  ( and if the time of  transmission is not during the
hours of 0900 to 1700 (9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.) At the place of receipt,  then at
0900 hours  (9:00  A.M.) At the place of receipt  the next day when  business is
usually  conducted at the place of  receipt).  Any party may require at any time
one (1) copy of all  notices,  communications  or legal  process be sent to such
address (not exceeding two (2) in number) as such party may specify in writing.

                                      91
<PAGE>
3.3     Merger.

     This instrument, together with the instruments referred to herein, contains
all of the  understandings  and  agreements  of the Parties  with respect to the
subject matter discussed  herein.  All prior agreements  whether written or oral
are merged herein and shall be of no force or effect.

3.4     Survival.

     The  several  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  of the  Parties
contained  herein  shall  survive the  execution  hereof and shall be  effective
regardless of any investigation  that may have been made or may be made by or on
behalf of any Party.

3.5     Severability.

     If any provision or any portion of any provision of this  Agreement,  other
than one of the conditions  precedent or subsequent,  or the application of such
provision  or any portion  thereof to any person or  circumstance  shall be held
invalid or  unenforceable,  the  remaining  portions of such  provision  and the
remaining  provisions of this Agreement or the  application of such provision or
portion of such  provision  as is held  invalid or  unenforceable  to persons or
circumstances  other  than those to which it is held  invalid or  unenforceable,
shall not be affected thereby. Unless a party demonstrates by a preponderance of
the evidence that the invalid or unenforceable provision is an essential term of
the Agreement.

3.6     Governing Law.

     This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of Florida and any proceedings  pertaining  directly or indirectly to the rights
or obligations of the Parties hereunder shall, to the extent legally  permitted,
be held in Marion County, Florida.

3.7     Indemnification.

     Each  Party  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold the other
Parties  harmless from any and all liabilities and damages  (including  legal or
other expenses incidental  thereto),  contingent,  current, or inchoate to which
they or any one of them may become  subject as a direct,  indirect or incidental
consequence of any action by the  indemnifying  Party or as a consequence of the
failure of the  indemnifying  Party to act,  whether pursuant to requirements of
this Agreement or otherwise;  provided  that,  such claims are asserted by third
Parties  unrelated to the Parties.  In the event it becomes necessary to enforce
this indemnity through an attorney,  with or without litigation,  the successful
Party  shall be  entitled  to recover  from the  indemnifying  Party,  all costs
incurred  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  throughout any  negotiations,
trials or appeals, whether or not any suit is instituted.

                                       92
<PAGE>
3.8     Litigation.

     In any action  between  the  Parties  to  enforce  any of the terms of this
Agreement or any other matter arising from this Agreement,  the prevailing Party
shall be  entitled  to  recover  its costs and  expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees up to and  including  all  negotiations,  trials  and  appeals,
whether or not litigation is initiated.

3.9     Benefit of Agreement.

     The terms and provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure
to  the  benefit  of  the   Parties,   their   successors,   assigns,   personal
representatives, estate, heirs and legatees.


3.10     Captions.

     The captions in this Agreement are for  convenience  and reference only and
in no way define,  describe,  extend or limit the scope of this Agreement or the
intent of any provisions hereof.

3.11     Number and Gender.

     All pronouns  and any  variations  thereof  shall be deemed to refer to the
masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Party or
Parties, or their personal representatives, successors and assigns may require.

3.12     Further Assurances.

     The Parties agree to do,  execute,  acknowledge  and deliver or cause to be
done,  executed,  acknowledged  or  delivered  and to perform  all such acts and
deliver all such deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney,
assurances,  stock certificates and other documents,  as may, from time to time,
be required herein to effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

                                       93
<PAGE>
3.13     Status.

     (a) Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be  construed  or shall  constitute a
partnership,  joint  venture,   employer-employee  relationship,   lessor-lessee
relationship,  or  principal-agent   relationship,   rather,  the  relationships
established hereby are those of settling debtor and creditor.

     (b) Each party hereto  represents and warrants that to the best of his, her
or it's knowledge that the execution and  performance of this Agreement will not
constitute a breach of any agreement or restriction,  if any, to which, he, she,
or it, is a party or by which she, he or it, is bound.

     (c) Any individual  signing this Agreement for or on behalf of, partnership
or  corporation  or trustee,  or as statutory  trustee or as managing  director,
warrants that he or she has been duly  authorized  to execute this  Agreement on
behalf of that entity,  partnership,  corporation or as that trustee or managing
director.

3.14     Counterparts.

     (a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts.

     (b)   All   executed    counterparts   shall   constitute   one   Agreement
notwithstanding  that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the
same counterpart.

     (c) Execution by exchange of facsimile transmission shall be deemed legally
sufficient to bind the  signatory;  however,  the Parties  shall,  for aesthetic
purposes,  prepare a fully executed  original  version of this Agreement,  which
shall be the document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

3.15     License.

     (a) This Agreement is the property of the Yankee Companies, Inc., a Florida
corporation ("Yankees").

     (b) The use hereof by the Parties is authorized  hereby solely for purposes
of this  transaction and, the use of this form of agreement or of any derivation
thereof without Yankees' prior written permission is prohibited.

                                       94
<PAGE>
     (c) The  Parties  hereby  acknowledge  that  Yankees  is not a law  firm or
regulated entity and has not provided any Party with any advice  concerning this
Agreement,  rather,  it has informed each Party,  as a condition to their use of
this form that they must obtain independent legal advice.

3.16 Waiver

     No failure to  exercise,  nor any delay in  exercising,  on the part of any
Party hereto of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof;
nor shall any  single or partial  exercise  of any right or remedy  prevent  any
further,  or other exercise thereof,  or the exercise of any right or remedy; or
be construed as a waiver of any continuing or succeeding breach of any provision
of this Agreement;  or a waiver of the provision itself. The failure or delay of
any party  hereto  to  require  performance  by any  other  party  hereto of any
provision  of this  Agreement,  shall not  affect  the right of such  failing or
delaying party to require the  performance  of such  provision  unless and until
such performance has been waived by all of the Parties hereto in writing.

                                 EXECUTION PAGES

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
effective as of the date set forth below and Signed,  sealed and  delivered,  In
Our Presence:

                                                      Equity Growth Systems,inc.

                                             By:     /s/ Charles J. Scimeca /s/
                                                  ------------------------------
Witness #1                                  Charles J. Scimeca, Acting President
- ---------------------------------
Witness #2
- -----------------------------------


Dated: March 22, 1999

Corporate Seal

State of }
County of} ss.:

     Before  me,  an  individual  duly  authorized  to  administer   oaths,  did
personally appear Charles J. Scimeca, a Florida resident, personally known to me
or produced identification _________________,  who being duly sworn, did confirm
that he executed  the  foregoing  Agreement on the date first  hereinbefore  set
forth, in the capacities indicated. My commission expires on:

(Seal)
                              /s/ Patricia M. Garrison /s/
                           --------------------------
                                  Notary Public

                                       95
<PAGE>

Witness #1
- ----------------------------

Witness #2
- ----------------------------

                                         Mr. Edward "Ted" Granville-Smith, Jr.:

                              /s/ Mark Granville-Smith as attorney-in-fact /s/


                                                    Edward Granville-Smith, Jr.,
                                                     individually and as Trustee
                                                   for The Granville Smith Trust
                                                   Dated August 13, 1976, and as
                                                 managing partner and Registered
                                              Agent for K. Walker International,
                                                  LTD., (a/k/a K. Walker, LTD, a
                                                    Bahamian Corporation, and as
                                              Principal and Director of Milpitas
                                                     Investors, Inc., as Trustee
                                                 of the Milpitas Investors, Inc.
                                                Trust, and, as Statutory Trustee
                                                for Equity Growth Systems, Inc.,
                                                a dissolved Maryland Corporation
                                              and as Statutory Trustee for First
                                            Ken Co Properties, Inc., a dissolved
                                                   Delaware Corporation: by Mark
                                                    Granville-Smith, his son and
                                            attorney-in-fact acting by virtue of
                                       his power of attorney, a copy of which is
                                          annexed hereto and made a part hereof,
                                      immediately following this signature page.

Dated: March 22, 1999



State of }
County of} ss.:

     Before  me,  an  individual  duly  authorized  to  administer   oaths,  did
personally  appear Mark  Granville-Smith  as  attorney in fact for Edward  "Ted"
Granville-Smith,   Jr,   individually   and  for  entities   listed   above,   a
_________resident   personally   known   to   me  or   produced   identification
__________________,  who being duly  sworn,  did confirm  that he  executed  the
foregoing  Agreement on the date first hereinbefore set forth, in the capacities
indicated. My commission expires on:

(Seal)
                              /s/ Melinda Kaye Viscaiella /s/
                           --------------------------
                                  Notary Public

                                       96


                                 General Release

     Be it known that Jerry C. (J. C.)  Spellman  individually  and as  managing
director for Bolina Trading Company, S.A., A Panamanian Corporation,  also known
as Bolina  Trading  Company,  A  Panamanian  Corporation,  and Jerry C. (J.  C.)
Spellman, as managing director of Bolena Trading Corporation, S.A., a Panamanian
Corporation,  and Jerry C. (J. C.) Spellman as Trustee for the WEFT Trust dated,
the  __  day  of __,  19,__,  ("Spellman  and  "Bolina  and  Bolena  and  WEFT,"
respectively);   Spellman,   Bolina,   Bolena,   and  WEFT,  being   hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Spellman Parties" and also generically referred
to as "Releasors"),

     In  consideration  of the entry by Equity Growth Systems,  inc., a publicly
held Delaware corporation , into a certain recission agreements with Edward "Ted
Granville-Smith,  Jr,  a  Florida  Resident,  hereinafter  referred  to as  "Mr.
Granville-Smith",   (or   entities   affiliated   and/or   controlled   by   Mr.
Granville-Smith),  a copy of which is amended hereto and made a part hereof. And
marked Exhibit "A", and other valuable  consideration,  the adequacy of which is
hereby  acknowledged:  the Spellman  Parties,  otherwise known as the Releasors,
agrees as follows;

1. The Releasors hereby,  jointly and severally,  release and forever discharges
Equity Growth Systems, inc., a publicly held Delaware corporation,  (hereinafter
referred to as the Releasee), from all causes of action, suits, debts, accounts,
liabilities, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, damages, judgments,
executions,  claims  and  demands  whatsoever,  known or  unknown,  in law or in
equity,  which any of the Spellman  Parties,  individually or collectively  have
ever  had,  now has,  or which  any  personal  representative,  successor,  heir
affiliates,  directors,  officers, advisors, agents, successors or assign of the
Spellman Parties individually or collectively  hereafter can, shall or may have,
against  the  Releasee,  for upon or by  reason  of any  matter,  cause or thing
whatsoever, from the beginning of time to present.

2. The Release  shall be binding  upon and inure to the benefit of the  Releasor
and Releasee, their, heirs, successors,  personal  representatives,  affiliates,
directors, officers, advisors, agents, successors and assigns.

3. Jerry C.  Spellman:  is  authorized  to execute bind and obligate each of the
Spellman  Parties,  separately  or  collectively,  and on behalf of, and for the
benefit of, each of the Spellman Parties,  separately or collectively;  has read
this release and understands all the terms, provisions contained herein, and the
consequences thereof.

                                       97
<PAGE>
4. The terms  "Releasor" and "Releasee"  include the plural and all genders,  as
the text requires.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Spellman Parties, separately or collectively,  have
caused this  Release to be executed  effective  as of the date set forth  below.
Signed, sealed and delivered In Our Presence:



- --------------------
Witness #1

- ---------------------
Witness #2

                                                       Jerry C. (J.C.) Spellman

                                                     /s/ Jerry C. Spellman /s/
                                                  -----------------------------

                                                       Jerry C. (J. C.) Spellman
                                                             individually and as
                                                           Managing Director for
                                                         Bolina Trading Company,
                                                              S.A., A Panamanian
                                                        Corporation, as managing
                                                      director of Bolena Trading
                                                              Corporation, S.A.,
                                                       a Panamanian Corporation,
                                                     and as Trustee for the WEFT
                                                  Trust dated, the __ day of __,
                                                                            19__

Dated: March 22, 1999


State of }
County of} ss.:

     Before  me,  an  individual  duly  authorized  to  administer   oaths,  did
personally appear Jerry C. (J. C.) Spellman,  on behalf of himself  individually
and each entity listed above,  personally known to me or produced identification
___________________________,  who being duly sworn, did confirm that he executed
the  foregoing  Agreement  on the date  first  hereinbefore  set  forth,  in the
capacities indicated. My commission expires on:

(Seal)
                              /s/ Melinda Kaye Viscariella /s/
                           --------------------------
                                  Notary Public

                                       98


                             Administrative Offices
                           The Yankee Companies, Inc.
                             A Florida corporation

Leonard Miles Tucker                         William A. Calvo, III, L.L.M.
President & Chief Executive Officer          Vice President & Treasurer

May 17, 1999

Bruce Gleason, President
American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
440 East Sample Road
Pompano Beach, Florida 33056


Re: Potential Reorganization with Equity Growth Systems, Inc.

Gentlemen:

     This  letter  confirms  the status of  negotiations  concerning  a proposed
transaction  between  our  client,  Equity  Growth  Systems,  inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  with a class  of  securities  registered  under  Section  12 of the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended  ( "  Equity  Growth  " and the
"Exchange Act,"  respectively),  and American Internet Technical Center, Inc., a
Florida corporation  (hereinafter  referred to as "American  Internet").  If the
following comports with your understanding of the proposed  transaction,  please
sign a copy  of  this  letter  and  return  it to us by  facsimile  transmission
followed by hard copy,  whereupon  this letter will  constitute  an agreement by
each of the  undersigned  to use our best  efforts  to effect  the  contemplated
transaction at the earliest  practicable  time,  subject to due diligence review
and good faith  negotiations  by our  respective  representatives.  It will also
constitute a direction by the undersigned, on behalf of their organizations,  to
legal counsel to the Yankee Companies,  Inc., a Florida corporation (hereinafter
referred  to as  "Yankees"),  to  immediately  commence  to draft  the  required
documentation (the  "Reorganization  Agreement").  Upon presentation of Yankees'
draft of the  Reorganization  Agreement,  you will each present it to your legal
counsel and other advisors for review and comments whereupon we will all use our
best efforts to reach a definitive agreement.

                                       99
<PAGE>

OUTLINE OF PROPOSED TRANSACTIONS

1.   American   Internet  and  its  affiliates  will   consolidate  all  current
     operations of its affiliates and related  business  enterprises in order to
     create an entity  more  capable  in the  future of  meeting  the  standards
     imposed by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  (the
     "NASD")  for  listing on the NASDAQ  Stock  Market  determined  pursuant to
     generally  accepted  auditing  procedures  ("GAAP").  Atlantic Internet has
     confirmed  to  Yankees  that  during the past 12 fiscal  months,  its gross
     income has exceeded  $1,100,000  and its net, pre tax profits have exceeded
     $138,000, despite having expensed many items that could have been reflected
     as capital expenses.

 2.  A.   Equity  Growth will exchange  2,500,000  shares of its common stock,
          $0.001  par value  per share  with the  stockholders  of the  combined
          entity resulting from the consolidation  described above (the combined
          entity being hereinafter referred to as "American Internet+"), for all
          of the capital stock in American  Internet+,  such  transaction  to be
          structured  as  a  stock  free  reorganization   pursuant  to  Section
          368(a)(1)(B)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
          "Code");

     B.   Yankees,  in  recommending  this  valuation,  believes that the Equity
          Growth  stock will,  after  conclusion  of the  proposed  transaction,
          retain a market  valuation  of at least  $0.50  per share on the short
          term  and that  based  on the  performance  of the  American  Internet
          subsidiary,   such   value  may  become   materially   higher  in  the
          intermediate term;  however,  recognizing that neither Yankees nor the
          Parties can provide any  assurances  that  Yankees'  predictions  will
          prove  accurate,  Equity  Growth will either agree to an adjustment in
          the amount of Equity Growth stock exchanged if such minimum projection
          is  not  met  within  a  reasonable  time  following  closing  on  the
          Reorganization Agreement and such failure is not due to unusual market
          conditions  or   improprieties  in  the  trading  of  Equity  Growth's
          securities,  or, permit the American Internet  stockholders to rescind
          the Reorganization  Agreement, such decision to be made not later than
          the 90th day following closing on the Reorganization Agreement;

     C.   Equity Growth will, immediately following such acquisition, invest the
          sum of $100,000 in American Internet+, to be used in accordance with a
          use of proceeds schedule included as an exhibit to the  Reorganization
          Agreement to be entered into by Equity Growth and the  stockholders of
          American Internet +;

     D.   Prior  to  closing  on the  Reorganization  Agreement,  Messrs.  Bruce
          Gleason  ("Mr.  Gleason") and Michael  Umile ("Mr.  Umile"),  American
          Internet+'s current principal  executive officers and directors,  will
          enter into  binding  five year  employment  agreements  with  American
          Internet  +  in  form  and  substance  acceptable  to  Equity  Growth,
          providing for base annual salaries of $75,000 per year:

                                       100
<PAGE>
     E.   Equity  Growth will issue  additional  shares of its common stock with
          the former  stockholders of American Internet + predicated on American
          Internet + 's  attaining  the  following  annual net,  pre-tax  profit
          thresholds  determined  as of December  31 of each year in  accordance
          with generally accepted accounting  principals,  consistently  applied
          ("GAAP"), as follows:

         1. Goal          Time Frame          Stock Bonus
            $200,000       1999                500,000 Shares
            $500,000       2000                800,000 Shares
            $1,000,000     2001                800,000 Shares
            $1,5000,000    2002                800,000 Shares
            $2,000,000     2003                800,000 Shares
            $2,500,000     2004                800,000 Shares

         2. In the event that the  thresholds are not attained and Equity Growth
     has provided American Internet+ with $250,000 in funding for its operations
     within 90 following closing on the Reorganization  Agreement,  then:

               (A)  If the  net,  pre tax  earnings  are  less  than  33% of the
                    required  threshold during the subject 12 month period,  the
                    stock bonus for such period will be forfeited;

               (B)  If the net,  pre tax earnings are between 33% and 80% of the
                    required  threshold during the subject 12 month period,  the
                    stock bonus for such period and the required  threshold will
                    be  carried  over to the  next  year,  increasing  both  the
                    aggregate  threshold and the aggregate bonus  attainable for
                    such year; and

               (C)  Ifthe net, pre tax earnings are between 80% and 100% of the
                    required  threshold during the subject 12 month period,  the
                    stock bonus for such period shall be prorated.

          3. In the event that the thresholds are not attained but Equity Growth
     has not provided American Internet + with funding for its operations within
     90 days following closing on the Reorganization Agreement,  then, the stock
     bonus for such period shall be prorated.

                                       101
<PAGE>

     F.   The  Reorganization  Agreement will commit Equity  Growth,  during the
          five years following closing on the Reorganization Agreement, to:


          (1)  Nominate at least one designee of the American  Internet+ capital
               stockholders  who were parties  thereto for  membership on Equity
               Growth's  Board of Directors at each meeting of the Equity Growth
               stockholders at which the membership of its Board of Directors is
               up for  election,  and to use its best  efforts  consistent  with
               applicable law to secure such nominee's election;

          (2)  Elect designees of the American  Internet + capital  stockholders
               who were  parties  thereto to at least two thirds of the seats on
               American Internet+'a Board of Directors; and

          (3)  Provide,  on one occasion only, "piggy back" registration  rights
               covering the Equity Growth common stock obtained  pursuant to the
               Reorganization Agreement by Mr. Gary Walk.

3.   As a result of the foregoing:

     A.   The  stockholders  of  American  Internet+  would,  at  closing,   own
          approximately 29% of Equity Growth's then outstanding common stock;

     B.   American  Internet+  would become a wholly owned  subsidiary of Equity
          Growth;

     C.   The former stockholders of American  Internet+would  collectively,  in
          the aggregate, be able to receive up to an additional 4,500,000 shares
          of Equity  Growth's  common stock based on American  Internet+'s  post
          closing financial  performance,  which, when aggregated with the stock
          issuable  to  American  Internet+   stockholders  at  closing  of  the
          Reorganization Agreement, equal up to 7,000,000 shares.

4.   Immediately following the closing on the Reorganization  Agreement,  Equity
     Growth will effect a private  placement  of two year  debentures,  yielding
     annual  interest at the rate of 10% and  convertible  into shares of Equity
     Growth  common  stock at a  conversion  rate of $0.50 per  share,  at least
     $100,000  in net  proceeds  of which it will  invest as equity in  American
     Internet+.

5.   A.   The Yankee Companies,  Inc., a Florida  corporation which serves as
          Equity Growth's strategic development  consultant ("Yankees") will, in
          contemplation of a successful closing on the Reorganization Agreement,
          immediately  commence efforts on behalf of American  Internet designed
          to develop new sources of funding and business  and American  Internet
          hereby  irrevocably  covenants  and  agrees,  on its own behalf and on
          behalf of its principals and affiliates, that:

                                       102
<PAGE>
          (1)  In the event that any such  funding or  business  is  hereinafter
               availed of by it or its  affiliates  with any persons or entities
               (or their affiliates)  introduced by Yankees,  then, Yankees will
               be entitled to continuing  compensation equal to 5 % of the gross
               proceeds  obtained  from such  funding or 5% of the value of such
               business and further, that

          (2)  Neither  American  Internet nor its  affiliates  will directly or
               indirectly  conduct  any  business  with  any  person  or  entity
               (including affiliates thereof) introduced by Yankees,  whether or
               not the  proposed  transactions  with  Equity  Growth take place,
               except in accordance with the preceding
               paragraph.
     B.   Yankees currently has options to purchase up to 10% of Equity Growth's
          common  stock  (the  "Yankee  Warrants"),  which  rights  the  Parties
          acknowledge   will  be  beneficially   affected  by  the  increase  in
          outstanding   securities   that  would   result   from  the   proposed
          transaction;

     C.   In compliance with the requirements of Section 17(b) of the Securities
          Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), Yankees hereby advises
          American  Internet  that  Yankees  has been and  will  continue  to be
          compensated  by Equity Growth for its services,  as  specifically  set
          forth in the  documents  pertaining  to Yankees filed by Equity Growth
          pursuant to its  obligations  under the Exchange Act,  copies of which
          can be  obtained  through the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission's
          Internet web site at www.sec.gov.

6.   The terms of the proposed  transaction will be kept confidential during the
     pendency  of  the  negotiations  called  for  hereby.  Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing,  Equity  Growth will comply  with its  obligation's  to publicly
     disseminate  information  concerning  this  Agreement in press releases and
     filings  with the SEC,  in form and  substance  reasonably  approved by the
     Parties.

7.   A.   In  conjunction  with the  foregoing,  Mr. Bruce  Gleason and other
          people associated with American  Internet and American  Internet+ have
          been and will he provided with  information  concerning  Equity Growth
          which constitutes material inside information, as defined for purposes
          of Sections 20A and 21A of the Exchange Act.

                                       103
<PAGE>
     B.   Such  information  was or will be  provided  in  conjunction  with
          pending negotiations and pursuant to Equity Growth's obligations under
          the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended,  and the  Exchange  Act, to
          provide full and complete disclosure.

     C.   Such information may not be disclosed to anyone other than pursuant
          to  compulsory  legal  process  or with the prior  written  consent of
          Equity Growth, after such information has been publicly disseminated.

     D.   Improper disclosure of such information  constitutes a violation of
          the civil  and  criminal  provisions  of  Sections  20A and 21A of the
          Exchange Act.

     E.   During the  pendency of  negotiations,  no one who is made privy to
          the foregoing information should engage in any transactions  involving
          publicly traded Equity Growth securities.

     Please  indicate your  concurrence  with the foregoing by signing a copy of
this letter or transmission, in the space indicated, and thereafter transmitting
such executed copy in the manner heretofore described.

                               Very truly yours,

                           The Yankee Companies, Inc.
                          /s/ Leonard Miles Tucker /s/
                              Leonard Miles Tucker
                                   President

      The foregoing is hereby accepted, as of the date first above written.

American Internet Technical Center, Inc.         Equity Growth Systems, inc.

By: /s/ Bruce Gleason /s/                        By: /s/ Charles J. Scimeca /s/
Bruce Gleason, President                          Charles J. Scimeca, President


                                       104


                                 First Amendment
                             to Settlement Agreement
                             Dated February 18, 1999

     The Settlement  Agreement  Dated the 18th day of February,  1999,  made and
entered into by and among Equity Growth Systems,  inc., a publicly held Delaware
corporation  with a class of  securities  registered  under Section 12(g) of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Equity Growth Systems" and the
"Exchange Act,"  respectively)  William A. Calvo III, (Calvo),  individually and
Diversified  Corporate  Consulting  Group,  L.L.C., a Delaware Limited Liability
Company,  to the extent  indicated,  is hereby amended , altered and modified as
follows:

     On Page one:  Paragraph First:  Terms of Settlement,  is amended to read as
follows:

First:    Terms of Settlement

     Calvo,  Diversified and Equity Growth Systems hereby agree to settle all of
their outstanding claims against each other:

     A. In full  payment of all  obligations  to Calvo,  as an  individual,  and
Diversified,  owed by Equity Growth  Systems,  Inc.,  from the beginning of time
until  the  date  of  this  Agreement,  as  well  as in  consideration  for  the
extinguishment  of all  agreements  between  Equity  Growth  Systems,  Calvo and
Diversified,  Equity  Growth  Systems will,  after receipt of a fully  executed,
notarized copy of this  Agreement,  instruct its transfer agent to issue 150,000
shares of its common stock to the Yankees Companies, Inc., a Florida Corporation
(Yankees)  to  which  Calvo  and  Diversified  have  assigned  their  rights  to
compensation  from  Equity  Growth  Systems,  and  thereafter  deliver the stock
certificate  evidencing such shares to Yankees, or whomever Yankees, so chooses,
at it's  address as set herein or at an address  as the  managing  director  may
direct.  This  consideration  is payment  for Calvo and  Diversified's  fees and
liability in favor of Calvo and Diversified in the final compromised  billing of
consulting  and/or  attorneys'  fees.  Said  outstanding  bill is compromised to
$3,000.00.  The common  stock is herein  conveyed for the  consideration  of two
cents ($.02) per share.

     B.  Diversified and Equity Growth Systems hereby rescinds and  relinquishes
all rights under any agreements  between  Diversified and Equity Growth Systems,
other than those  created by this  Agreement,  relinquishing  rights to anything
involving  Equity,  including,  but not  limited  to, any loans,  bills of sale,
corrected bills of sale, contracts or agreements.

     C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed
to affect  Calvo's  or  Diversified's  rights to Equity  Growth  Systems,  inc.,
securities held by Calvo or Diversified,  or any rights of the Yankee Companies,
Inc., or of any affiliates of Calvo or Diversified.

                                       105
<PAGE>
     The remainder of the settlement  agreement  entered  between the parties on
February 18, 1999, shall remain in full force and effect.


- -----------------------------

- ----------------------------

                                                    Equity Growth Systems, inc.

                                             By:  /s/ Charles J. Scimeca /s/
                                             ----------------------------------
                                          Charles J. Scimeca, Acting President
(CORPORATE SEAL)

State of       }
County of      } ss.:

     Before  me,  an  individual  duly  authorized  to  administer   oaths,  did
personally  appear:  Charles J.  Scimeca,  Acting  President  for Equity  Growth
Systems,   inc.,  a  _________resident   personally  known  to  me  or  produced
identification  ____________________________________,  who being duly sworn, did
confirm that he executed the foregoing  Agreement on the date first hereinbefore
set forth, in the capacities indicated. My commission expires on:
(Seal)
                    /s/ Patricia M. Garrison /s/
                   --------------------------
                      Notary Public

                                                   Diversified:
- ---------------------------------

_________________________________  By: /s/ William A. Calvo, III /s/
                                       --------------------------------
                                   William A. Calvo III,  Managing Member

- ---------------------------------
                                        /s/ William A. Calvo, III /s/
- ---------------------------------       ---------------------------------
                                   William A. Calvo III, Individually
State of       }
County of      } ss.:

     Before  me,  an  individual  duly  authorized  to  administer   oaths,  did
personally appears: William A Calvo III, individually, and as Managing Member of
Diversified  Corporate  Consulting  Group,  L.L.C.,  who is a  Florida  resident
personally      known      to      me      or      produced       identification
____________________________________,  who being duly sworn, did confirm that he
executed the foregoing  Agreement on the date first  hereinbefore  set forth, in
the capacities indicated. My commission expires on:
(Seal)
                              /s/ Vanessa H. Mitchem /s/
                             -----------------------
                                  Notary Public

                                       106


                              Consulting Agreement

     This Consulting Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into by and
between Funds America Finance Corporation,  a Florida corporation (the "Client")
and Equity Growth  Systems,  inc., a publicly held Delaware  corporation  with a
class of equity  securities  registered  under Section  12(g) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act" and "Equity," respectively;
the  Client  and  Equity  being  hereinafter  collectively  referred  to as  the
"Parties" and generically as a "Party").

                            Preamble :

     WHEREAS,  Client is  engaged  in the  consumer  finance  industry,  as more
particularly described in the materials annexed hereto and made a part hereof as
composite exhibit 0.1; and

     WHEREAS,  the Client  desires to become a reporting  company  under federal
securities laws with a publicly traded class of securities; and

     WHEREAS,  Equity personnel have substantial experience with law, accounting
and the  regulatory  obligations  imposed  under  federal  securities  laws  and
regulations, and provide assistance to companies that desire to attain reporting
status under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act; and

     WHEREAS,  Equity is  agreeable  to making  its  services  available  to the
Client, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth:

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  for  Equity's  agreement to render the
hereinafter  described  services as well as of the premises,  the sum of $10 and
other good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt  and  adequacy of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as
follows:

                                   Witnesseth:

                                   ARTICLE ONE
                           OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

1.1  Description of Services

     (A) Equity will assist the Client's legal counsel,  or, as set forth below,
provide its own legal counsel,  to register its  securities  with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC"), and thereafter,  will assist the Client to
make arrangements  required to permit trading of the Client's  securities on the
OTC Bulletin Board operated by the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,
Inc.,  including  introductions  to one or  more  potential  market  makers  and
assistance in the  preparation,  filing and  management of the SEC and NASD Rule
15c2-11  compliance  filings  which  will  be  required  by any  broker  dealers
publishing quotes in the Client's securities.

                                       107
<PAGE>
     (B)  Equity  will  assist  the  Client  to  obtain a CUSIP  number  for its
securities,  to  obtain  a stock  trading  symbol  and to list the  Client  in a
Standard  & Poors or  comparable  securities  manual  complying  with the manual
exemption from Blue Sky registration in 15 or more states.

     (C) Because of the Client's  anticipated  status under  federal  securities
laws, in any  circumstances  where Equity is describing  the  securities of to a
third Party, Equity shall disclose to such person the compensation received from
the Client to the extent required under any applicable laws, including,  without
limitation,  Section  17(b) of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"); however, the Parties acknowledge they do not contemplate that
Equity  shall be involved in any  activities  on behalf of the Client  requiring
such  descriptions or disclosures,  or that the Services  involve any activities
subject to regulation  under federal or state  securities  laws,  except for the
introduction  of the Client and its  principals  to licensed  broker  dealers in
securities,  securities  analysts  and  appropriate  corporate  information  and
stockholder relations specialists.

1.2  Fiduciary Obligation to Client

     In rendering its services, Equity shall not disclose to any third party any
confidential  non-public  information  furnished  by  the  Client  or  otherwise
obtained by it with respect to the Client.

1.3  Limitations on Services

     (A) The Parties recognize that certain responsibilities and obligations are
imposed by federal and state  securities  laws and by the  applicable  rules and
regulations of stock exchanges,  the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc.  (collectively with its subsidiaries  being hereinafter  referred to as the
"NASD"),  in-house  "due  diligence"  or  "compliance"  departments  of licensed
securities firms, etc.; accordingly,  Equity agrees that it will not release any
information  or data about the  Client to any  selected  or  limited  person(s),
entity,  or group if Equity is aware that such  information or data has not been
generally released or promulgated.

     (B) Equity shall restrict or cease, as directed by the Client,  all efforts
on behalf of the Client,  including all  dissemination of information  regarding
the  Client,  immediately  upon  receipt of  instructions  (in writing by fax or
letter) to that effect from the Client.

                                       108
<PAGE>

1.4  Equity's Compensation

(A) (1) The Client shall issue  directly to Equity's  stockholders  of record on
the  30th day  following  the date of this  agreement,  pro rata  based on their
ownership  of common stock in Equity,  a quantity of the  Client's  common stock
equal  to  10% of the  Client's  total  capital  stock  outstanding  immediately
following  such issuance,  subject to anti-  dilutive  rights for a period of 12
months following the original date of issuance (the "Public Shares").

     (2) The Public Shares shall be issued pursuant to a registration  statement
on SEC Form SB-1 or SB-2, or a notification statement pursuant to SEC Regulation
A and Equity will assist the Client to prepare and file  required  documentation
associated therewith, at the Client's expense.

     (3) Prior to the  issuance  of the Public  Shares  Equity  will  assist the
Client to  comply  with any  obligations  under SEC Rule  10b-17  pertaining  to
dividends.
     (4) The  Parties  hereby  agree  that for  auditing,  tax or SEC filing fee
purposes  the  reasonable  market  value of the  Public  Shares is the lesser of
$50,000 or 10% of the Client's stockholders equity.

 (B)  (1) A.   In the event  that the Client  desires to avail  itself of
               the legal  services  of Equity's  general  counsel to prepare and
               file the required SEC registration  statements,  it will pay such
               legal  counsel  directly  the sum of $15,000,  plus out of pocket
               costs and expenses,  provided that not more than four  amendments
               thereto are  required,  and that the Client  provides  timely and
               complete   assistance  in  responding  to  SEC  comment   letters
               (additional  costs  resulting  from  failure of such  assumptions
               being billed at such counsel's  normal hourly fees for securities
               related filings, such fees currently being $200 per hour).

          B.   Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Parties currently  anticipate
               that the Client  will retain and use its own  securities  counsel
               for such purposes.

      (2) A.   Equity believes that the Client will have to pay the following
               additional costs in conjunction with the projects contemplated by
               this Agreement:

          B.   Auditing  costs,  the amount of which the Client is not competent
               to determine;

          C.   The costs of obtaining a CUSIP number and listing with Standard &
               Poors or another  comparable  manual,  which is  estimated  to be
               $4,000;

                                       109
<PAGE>
          D.   (i)  Transfer  agent set up and  certificate  distribution  costs
               which will vary,  based on the agency  selected  and the  initial
               services  required,  but should not exceed  $10,000 for  physical
               delivery of certificates to each stockholder,  assuming that such
               delivery can be structured over several months.

               (ii) In the event that book entry  recording  in lieu of physical
               delivery  is a  legally  available  alternative  and the costs of
               certificates  are born by stockholders  requesting them, then the
               costs can be cut dramatically (in the $5,000 range);

          E.   Filing  fees to the SEC and  State  regulatory  authorities,  not
               expected to exceed $5,000;

          F.   Travel,  long distance  telephone,  overnight postage and mailing
               expenses, not expected to exceed $2,500.

(C) In addition to the  compensation  described above with reference to services
during the  Initial  Term of this  Agreement  and  whether or not the  following
services are rendered  during such Initial Term (it being the  understanding  of
the Parties  that the Client is not  obliged to use Equity for such  purposes or
that Equity is required to make such services available):

     (1) In the event that Equity arranges or provides funding for the Client on
terms more  beneficial  than  those  reflected  in  Client's  current  principal
financing agreements, Equity shall be entitled, at its election, to either:

          A.   A fee equal to 25% of such savings, on a continuing basis; or

          B.   If equity  funding is provided  though  Equity or any  affiliates
               thereof,  a  discount  of 10% from the bid price for the  subject
               equity   securities,   if  they  are  issuable  as  free  trading
               securities,  or, a  discount  of 50% from the bid  price  for the
               subject  equity  securities,  if they are issuable as  restricted
               securities  (as the term  restricted  is used for purposes of SEC
               Rule 144); or

          C.   If  funding  is  provided  by any  person  or  group  of  persons
               introduced  to the  Client by Equity or persons  associated  with
               Equity, directly or indirectly,  but is not provided by Equity or
               its  principals as described in the  preceding sub section,  then
               Equity  shall be entitled to an  introduction  fee equal to 5% of
               the aggregate proceeds so obtained; and

                                       110
<PAGE>
     (2) In the event that Equity  generates  business for the Client,  then, on
any sales resulting therefrom, Equity shall be entitled to a commission equal to
10% of the gross income derived by the Client therefrom, on a continuing basis.

     (3) In the event  that  Equity or any  affiliate  thereof  arranges  for an
acquisition of or by the Client,  then Equity shall be entitled to  compensation
equal  to 10% of the  compensation  paid for such  acquisition  payable,  at the
Client's  option,  in cash or common stock of the  surviving or parent  publicly
held entity,  in addition to any  compensation  negotiated and received from the
acquired entity or its affiliates.

(D) The Client will assure that its legal counsel promptly  prepares all reports
which then existing holders of the Client's  securities  (including  Equity, its
affiliates  and successors in interest) are required to file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission as a result of the Client's reporting status,  including
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  Forms  3, 4 and 5,  Schedules  13(d)  and
Schedules 13(g),  and shall submit all such reports to the subject  stockholders
for  prompt  execution  and  timely  filing  with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

(E) (1) In addition to payment of fees,  the Client will,  provided  that it has
requested  Equity  to  provide  services  for  which  costs  are  incurred,   be
responsible for payment of all costs and disbursements  associated with Equity's
services either:

          (a)  Involving less than $50 per item and $200 in the aggregate during
               the preceding 30 day period; or

          (b)  Reflected in an operating budget approved by the Client; or

          (c)  Approved in writing by the Client;  provided,  however,  that the
               refusal by the Client to approve  expenditures  required  for the
               proper  performance of Equity's services will excuse  performance
               of such services.

    (2) All of Equity's statements will be paid within 10 days after receipt.

    (3) In the event  additional time for payment is required,  Equity will have
the option of  selling  the  account  receivable  and the  Client  agrees to pay
interest thereon at the monthly rate of 1%.

     (4) In the event collection  activities are required,  the Client agrees to
pay all of Equity's reasonable out of pocket costs associated therewith.

                                       111
<PAGE>
     (5) There will be no change or waiver of the provisions  contained  herein,
unless such charge is in writing and signed by the Client and Equity.

1.5  Client's Commitments

(A). (1)  All work requiring legal review will be submitted for approval by
the Client to the Client's legal counsel prior to its use.

     (2) Final drafts of any matters  prepared for use by Equity in  conjunction
with the  provision  of the  Services  will be  reviewed  by the Client  and, if
legally required, by the Client's legal counsel, to assure that:

          A.   All required information has been provided;

          B.   All materials are presented accurately; and,

          C.   That no materials  required to render  information  provided "not
               misleading" are omitted.

     (3) Only after such review and approval by the Client and, if required, the
Client's legal counsel,  will any documents be filed with regulatory agencies or
provided to Equity or third parties.

     (4) A. Financial data will be reviewed by competent, independent, certified
public  accountants  experienced and qualified in securities  related accounting
and who are members in good standing of the AICPA's Securities Practice Section,
to be separately retained by the Client.

     B. Such  accountants will be required to review and approve all financially
related filings,  prior to release to Equity,  other third parties or submission
to the appropriate regulatory authorities.

(B) (1) The Client  shall  supply  Equity on a regular and timely basis with all
approved data and information  about the Client,  its management,  its products,
and its operations and the Client shall be  responsible  for advising  Equity of
any fact which  would  affect  the  accuracy  of any prior data and  information
supplied to Equity.

     (2) The Client  shall use its best efforts to promptly  supply  Equity with
full and complete  copies of all filings  with all federal and state  securities
agencies;  with  full  and  complete  copies  of  all  shareholder  reports  and
communications  whether or not prepared with Equity's assistance,  with all data
and information supplied to any analyst,  broker-dealer,  market maker, or other
member of the  financial  community;  and with all  product/services  brochures,
sales materials, etc.

                                       112
<PAGE>
     (3)  The  Client  shall  promptly  notify  Equity  of  the  filing  of  any
registration  statement  for the sale of  securities  and/or of any other  event
which triggers any restrictions on disclosure.

     (4) The Client shall be deemed to make a continuing  representation  of the
accuracy of any and all material facts, material, information, and data which it
supplies to Equity and the Client  acknowledges  its awareness  that Equity will
rely on such  continuing  representation  in performing its functions under this
Agreement.

     (5) Equity,  in the absence of notice in writing from the Client,  may rely
on the  continuing  accuracy of material,  information  and data supplied by the
Client.

                                   ARTICLE TWO
                      TERM, RENEWALS & EARLIER TERMINATION

2.1 Term.

     This Agreement shall be for an initial term of 180 days,  commencing on the
date of its complete execution by all Parties,  as evinced in the execution page
hereof, but shall be extended,  as required to permit completion of the projects
contemplated  hereby (attaining trading status for the Client's securities as an
issuer filing reports with the SEC pursuant to Section 12[g] of the Exchange Act
(the "Initial Term").

2.2  Renewals.

     Subject to prior agreement as to additional compensation payable to Equity,
this Agreement shall be renewed automatically,  after expiration of the original
term, on a continuing  annual basis,  unless the Party wishing not to renew this
Agreement  provides the other Party with  written  notice of its election not to
renew  ("Termination  Election  Notice")  on or  before  the 30th  day  prior to
termination of the then current term.

                                       113
<PAGE>

2.3  Final Settlement.

     (A) Upon termination of this Agreement and payment to Equity of all amounts
due it hereunder,  Equity or its representative shall execute and deliver to the
Client a receipt for such sums and a release of all  claims,  except such claims
as may have been  submitted  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement  and which
remain unpaid,  and, shall forthwith  tender to the Client all records,  manuals
and  written  procedures,  as may be desired  by the  Client  for the  continued
conduct of its business; and

     (B) The Client or its representative  shall execute and deliver to Equity a
receipt for all  materials  returned  and a release of all  claims,  except such
claims as may have been  submitted  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement and
which remain unpaid, and, shall forthwith tender to Equity all records,  manuals
and written procedures, as may be desired by Equity for the continued conduct of
its business.

                                  ARTICLE THREE
                EQUITY'S CONFIDENTIALITY & COMPETITION COVENANTS

3.1  General Provisions.

     (A)  Equity  acknowledges  that,  in and as a result of its entry into this
Agreement,  it will be making use of  confidential  information  of special  and
unique nature and value  relating to such matters as the Client's trade secrets,
systems, procedures,  manuals,  confidential reports;  consequently, as material
inducement  to the entry  into  this  Agreement  by the  Client,  Equity  hereby
covenants  and  agrees  that it shall not,  at  anytime  during the term of this
Agreement,  any renewals  thereof and for two years  following the terms of this
Agreement,  directly or indirectly,  use,  divulge or disclose,  for any purpose
whatsoever,  any of such confidential  information which has been obtained by or
disclosed  to it as a result of its entry into this  Agreement  or  provision of
services hereunder.

     (B) In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by Equity of any of the
provisions  of  this  Article  Three,  the  Client,  in  addition  to and not in
limitation  of any other  rights,  remedies or damages  available to the Client,
whether at law or in equity,  shall be  entitled to a  permanent  injunction  in
order to prevent or to restrain any such breach by Equity,  or by its  partners,
directors, officers, stockholders, agents, representatives, servants, employers,
employees,  affiliates  and/or any and all persons directly or indirectly acting
for or with it.

                                       114
<PAGE>

3.2  Special Remedies.

     In view of the irreparable harm and damage which would undoubtedly occur to
the Client and its clients as a result of a breach by Equity of the covenants or
agreements  contained  in this  Article  Three,  and in  view of the  lack of an
adequate  remedy  at  law to  protect  the  Client's  interests,  Equity  hereby
covenants and agrees that the Client shall have the following  additional rights
and remedies in the event of a breach hereof:

     (A) Equity  hereby  consents  to the  issuance  of a  permanent  injunction
enjoining  it from any viola- tions of the  covenants  set forth in this Article
Three; and

     (B) Because it is  impossible  to ascertain or estimate the entire or exact
cost,  damage or injury which the Client or its clients may sustain prior to the
effective enforcement of such injunction,  Equity hereby covenants and agrees to
pay over to the Client,  in the event it violates the covenants  and  agreements
contained in this Article Three, the greater of:
          (1)  Any payment or compensation of any kind received by it because of
               such violation before the issuance of such injunction, or

          (2)  The sum of One Thousand Dollars per violation, which sum shall be
               liquidated damages,  and not a penalty, for the injuries suffered
               by the Client or its clients as a result of such  violation,  the
               Parties  hereto  agreeing  that such  liquidated  damages are not
               intended as the exclusive  remedy available to the Client for any
               breach of the covenants and agreements  contained in this Article
               Three,  prior to the  issuance  of such  injunction,  the Parties
               recognizing  that the only adequate  remedy to protect the Client
               and its clients from the injury caused by such breaches  would be
               injunctive relief.

3.3  Cumulative Remedies.

     Equity  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that the  remedies  described  in this
Article  Three shall be in  addition  to, and not in  limitation  of, any of the
rights or  remedies  to which the Client and its  clients are or may be entitled
to, whether at law or in equity, under or pursuant to this Agreement.

3.4  Acknowledgment of Reasonableness.

     (A) Equity hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges that its members or
officers and directors have carefully read and considered the provisions of this
Article Three and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth herein
are fair and reasonable  and are  reasonably  required for the protection of the
interests of the Client, its members, officers, directors,  consultants,  agents
and  employees;  consequently,  in the  event  that  any of the  above-described
restrictions shall be held unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,
Equity  hereby  covenants,  agrees  and  directs  such  court  to  substitute  a
reasonable judicially  enforceable  limitation in place of any limitation deemed
unenforceable  and, Equity hereby covenants and agrees that if so modified,  the
covenants  contained in this Article Three shall be as fully  enforceable  as if
they had been set forth herein directly by the Parties.

                                       115
<PAGE>

     (B)  In  determining   the  nature  of  this   limitation,   Equity  hereby
acknowledges,  covenants  and agrees that it is the intent of the Parties that a
court adjudicating a dispute arising hereunder recognize that the Parties desire
that these  covenants not to compete or circumvent be imposed and  maintained to
the greatest extent possible.

3.5  Exclusivity.

     Equity  shall not be  required  to devote all of its  business  time to the
affairs of the  Client,  rather it shall  devote  such time as it is  reasonably
necessary in light of its other business commitments.


                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                CLIENT'S CONFIDENTIALITY & COMPETITION COVENANTS

4.1  General Prohibitions

     (A) The Client  acknowledges  that, in and as a result of its engagement of
Equity, the Client will be making use of confidential information of special and
unique nature and value relating to such matters as Equity's business  contacts,
professional advisors, trade secrets, systems, procedures, manuals, confidential
reports,  lists of clients,  potential customers and funders;  consequently,  as
material  inducement  to the entry into this  Agreement  by  Equity,  the Client
hereby  covenants  and agrees that it shall not,  at anytime  during the term of
this  Agreement,  any renewals  thereof an for two years  following the terms of
this  Agreement,  directly or  indirectly,  use,  divulge or  disclose,  for any
purpose whatsoever, any of such confidential information which has been obtained
by or  disclosed  to it as a result of its  employment  of Equity,  or  Equity's
affiliates.

     (B) In the event of a breach or  threatened  breach by the Client of any of
the  provisions  of  this  Article  Four,  Equity,  in  addition  to and  not in
limitation of any other rights, remedies or damages available to Equity, whether
at law or in equity,  shall be entitled to a  permanent  injunction  in order to
prevent  or to  restrain  any such  breach  by the  Client,  or by the  Client's
partners, directors, officers, stockholders, agents, representatives,  servants,
employers,  employees,  affiliates  and/or  any  and  all  persons  directly  or
indirectly acting for or with it.

                                       116
<PAGE>

4.2  Special Remedies.

     In view of the irreparable harm and damage which would undoubtedly occur to
Equity as a result of a breach by the  Client  of the  covenants  or  agreements
contained in this Article Four, and in view of the lack of an adequate remedy at
law to protect Equity's  interests,  the Client hereby covenants and agrees that
Equity shall have the following additional rights and remedies in the event of a
breach hereof:

     (A) The Client  hereby  consents to the issuance of a permanent  injunction
enjoining it from any violations of the covenants set forth in this Article Four
is and

     (B) Because it is  impossible  to ascertain or estimate the entire or exact
cost,  damage  or  injury  which  Equity  may  sustain  prior  to the  effective
enforcement of such  injunction,  the Client hereby  covenants and agrees to pay
over to Equity, in the event it violates the covenants and agreements  contained
in this Article Four, the greater of:

          (1)  Any payment or compensation of any kind received by it because of
               such violation before the issuance of such injunction, or

          (2)  The sum of One Thousand Dollars per violation, which sum shall be
               liquidated damages,  and not a penalty, for the injuries suffered
               by Equity  as a result  of such  violation,  the  Parties  hereto
               agreeing  that such  liquidated  damages are not  intended as the
               exclusive  remedy  available  to  Equity  for any  breach  of the
               covenants and agreements contained in this Article Four, prior to
               the issuance of such injunction, the Parties recognizing that the
               only adequate  remedy to protect Equity from the injury caused by
               such breaches would be injunctive relief.

4.3  Cumulative Remedies.

     The Client hereby  irrevocably  agrees that the remedies  described in this
Article  Four  shall be in  addition  to, and not in  limitation  of, any of the
rights or remedies to which Equity is or may be entitled  to,  whether at law or
in equity, under or pursuant to this Agreement.

4.4  Acknowledgment of Reasonableness.

     (A) The  Client  hereby  represents,  warrants  and  acknowledges  that its
officers and directors have carefully read and considered the provisions of this
Article Four and, having done so, agree that the  restrictions  set forth herein
are fair and reasonable  and are  reasonably  required for the protection of the
interests of Equity, its members, officers, directors,  consultants,  agents and
employees;  consequently,  in the event that any of the  above-described

                                       117
<PAGE>
restrictions shall be held unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction,
the Client  hereby  covenants,  agrees and directs  such court to  substitute  a
reasonable judicially  enforceable  limitation in place of any limitation deemed
unenforceable  and, the Client hereby  covenants and agrees that if so modified,
the covenants contained in this Article Four shall be as fully enforceable as if
they had been set forth herein directly by the Parties.

     (B) In  determining  the  nature  of this  limitation,  the  Client  hereby
acknowledges,  covenants  and agrees that it is the intent of the Parties that a
court  adjudicating a dispute  hereunder  recognize that the Parties desire that
these  covenants not to compete or  circumvent be imposed and  maintained to the
greatest extent possible.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Notices.

     All notices,  demands or other written communications hereunder shall be in
writing, and unless otherwise provided,  shall be deemed to have been duly given
on the first business day after mailing by United States registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

To Equity:

                           Equity Growth Systems, inc.
                8001 DeSoto Woods Drive; Sarasota, Florida 34243
                  Telephone (941) 358-8182; Fax (941) 358-8423
                    Attention: Charles J. Scimeca, President

                                 with copies to

                           The Yankee Companies, Inc.
           902 Clint Moore Road, Suite 136; Boca Raton, Florida 33487
                  Telephone (561) 998-2025; Fax (561) 998-3425
                 Attention: Leonard Miles Tucker, President, and

                                      118
<PAGE>
and

                           The Yankee Companies, Inc.
                1941 Southeast 51st Terrace; Ocala, Florida 34471
                  Telephone (352) 694-9179; Fax (352) 694-9178
           Attention: Vanessa H. Lindsey, Chief Administrative Officer

                                 To the Client:

                        Funds America Finance Corporation
    201 East Commercial Boulevard, Suite 210; Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308
   Telephone      (954)   733-7777;    Fax   (954)    489-0500;    and,   e-mail
                  [email protected] or at such address, telephone and fax numbers
               as are reflected on the SEC's EDGAR Internet site;
       Attention: Charles Scheuerman, President & Chief Executive Officer

in each case,  with copies to such other address or to such other persons as any
Party shall designate to the others for such purposes in the manner  hereinabove
set forth.

5.2  Amendment.

     No modification,  waiver, amendment,  discharge or change of this Agreement
shall be valid unless the same is in writing and signed by Parties.

5.3  Merger.

     (A) This  instrument,  together  with the  instruments  referred to herein,
contains all of the understandings and agreements of the Parties with respect to
the subject matter discussed herein.

     (B) All prior  agreements  whether  written or oral are  merged  herein and
shall be of no force or effect.

5.4  Survival.

     The  several  representations,  warranties  and  covenants  of the  Parties
contained  herein  shall  survive the  execution  hereof and shall be  effective
regardless of any investigation  that may have been made or may be made by or on
behalf of any Party.

                                      119
<PAGE>
5.5  Severability.

     If any provision or any portion of any provision of this  Agreement,  other
than a conditions precedent, if any, or the application of such provision or any
portion  thereof  to any  person  or  circumstance  shall  be  held  invalid  or
unenforceable,  the  remaining  portions  of such  provision  and the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement or the  application of such provision or portion of
such provision as is held invalid or  unenforceable  to persons or circumstances
other than  those to which it is held  invalid  or  unenforceable,  shall not be
affected thereby.

5.6  Governing Law and Venue.

     This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State
of  Florida  and any  proceeding  arising  between  the  Parties  in any  matter
pertaining or related to this Agreement  shall, to the extent  permitted by law,
be held in Marion County, Florida.

5.7  Dispute Resolution in lieu of Litigation.

     (A) In the  event of any  dispute  arising  under  this  Agreement,  or the
negotiation  thereof or  inducements  to enter into the  Agreement,  the dispute
shall,  at the  request of any Party,  be ex-  clusively  resolved  through  the
following procedures:

       (1)(a)  First,  the  issue  shall  be  submitted  to  mediation  before a
               mediation service in Palm Beach County, Florida to be selected by
               lot from six  alternatives  to be  provided,  three by Equity and
               three by the Client.
          (b)  The mediation efforts shall be concluded within ten business days
               after their initiation unless the Parties unanimously agree to an
               extended mediation period;

       (2)     In the event that  mediation does not lead to a resolution of the
               dispute  then at the  request of any  Party,  the  Parties  shall
               submit the dispute to binding  arbitration  before an arbitration
               service located in Palm Beach County,  Florida, to be selected by
               lot,  from six  alternatives  to be  provided,  in the manner set
               forth above for selection of a mediator;

       (3)     (A) Expenses of mediation  shall be borne by the Parties  equally
               if successful but if  unsuccessful,  expenses of mediation and of
               arbitration  shall be borne by the Party or Parties  against whom
               the arbitration decision is rendered.

                                      120
<PAGE>
           (B) If the terms of the arbitral  award do not establish a prevailing
               Party,   then  the  expenses  of   unsuccessful   mediation   and
               arbitration  shall be borne  ½  by the Client and ½  by
               Equity.

     (B) Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in
any court having jurisdiction thereof.

     (C) In any action  between  the Parties to enforce any of the terms of this
Agreement or any other matter arising from this Agreement,  the prevailing Party
shall be  entitled  to  recover  its costs and  expenses,  including  reasonable
attorneys'  fees up to and  including  all  negotiations,  trials  and  appeals,
whether or not litigation is initiated. 5.8 Benefit of Agreement.

     The terms and provisions of this Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the Parties, jointly and severally, their successors, assigns,
personal representatives, estate, heirs and legatees.

5.9  Captions.

     The captions in this Agreement are for  convenience  and reference only and
in no way define,  describe,  extend or limit the scope of this Agreement or the
intent of any provisions hereof.

5.10 Number and Gender.

     All pronouns  and any  variations  thereof  shall be deemed to refer to the
masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the Party or
Parties, or their personal representatives, successors and assigns may require.

5.11 Further Assurances.

     The Parties hereby agree to do,  execute,  acknowledge and deliver or cause
to be done, executed, acknowledged or delivered and to perform all such acts and
deliver all such deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney,
assurances,  stock certificates and other documents,  as may, from time to time,
be required herein to effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

                                      121
<PAGE>

5.12 Status.

     (A) Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be  construed  or shall  constitute a
partnership,  joint  venture,   employer-employee  relationship,   lessor-lessee
relationship, or principal-agent relationship.

     (B)  Throughout  the  term  of  this  Agreement,   Equity  shall  serve  an
independent  contractor,  as that term is defined by the United States  Internal
Revenue Service, and in conjunction  therewith,  shall be responsible for all of
his own tax reporting and payment obligations.

     (C) In amplification of the foregoing,  Equity shall, subject to reasonable
reimbursement  on a pre-approved  budgetary  basis, be responsible for providing
its own office facilities and supporting personnel.

5.13 Counterparts.

     (A) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts  delivered
through facsimile transmission.

     (B)   All   executed    counterparts   shall   constitute   one   Agreement
notwithstanding  that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the
same counterpart.

5.14 License.

     (A)       (1) This Agreement is the property of The Yankee Companies, Inc.,
               a Florida  corporation which serves as a strategic  consultant to
               Equity ("Yankees").

          (2)  The use hereof by the  Parties is  authorized  hereby  solely for
               purposes  of  this  transaction  and,  the  use of  this  form of
               agreement or of any  derivation  thereof  without  Yankees' prior
               written permission is prohibited.

          (3)  This  Agreement  shall  not  be  construed  more  stringently  or
               interpreted less favorably against Equity based on authorship.

     (B) The Client hereby  acknowledge that neither Yankees nor Equity is a law
firm and that  neither  provided  it with any  advice,  legal or  otherwise,  in
conjunction with this Agreement,  but rather,  has suggested that it rely solely
on its own experience and advisors in evaluating or interpreting  this Agreement
and  that  the  Client  has  confirmed  that  this  Agreement  and any  forms of
agreements  or legal  instruments  provided  to the  Client by Yankees or Equity
shall be reviewed by the Client's legal counsel prior to use thereof.

                                      122
<PAGE>
     In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement,  effective as
of the last date set forth below.

Signed, Sealed & Delivered
     In Our Presence
                                             Funds America Finance Corporation
- ----------------------------

____________________________            By:  /s/ Charles Scheuerman /s/
                                             Charles Scheuerman, President
Dated: May 7, 1999
                                     Attest:   /s/ Jane Levya /s/
                                              Jane Levya, Secretary
     {Seal}

                                              Equity Growth Systems, inc.
- ----------------------------

____________________________            By:  /s/ Charles J, Scimeca /s/
                                              Charles J. Scimeca, President
Dated:  May 18, 1999
                                    Attest:   /s/ G. Richard Chamberlin /s/
                                              G. Richard Chamberlin, Secretary
     {Seal}

                                      123


Bowman & Bowman, P.A.
Certified Public Accountants
1705 Colonial Blvd., Suite D-1
Fort Meyers, Florida 33907

To the Board of Directors
Equity Growth Systems, inc.
(A Development Stage Company)
3821 B-Tamiami Trail, Suite 201
Port Charlotte, Florida 33952


     I consent to the use of our audit report dated April 23, 1999  accompanying
the financial statements of Equity Growth Systems, inc., in this Form 10-KSB for
the year ending December 31, 1998.

/s/ Larry Bowman /s/
- -------------------------------
Larry Bowman
Bowman & Bowman, P.A.
Certified Public Accountants
Fort Meyers, Florida

May 6, 1999

                                      124




                        MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                                       OF
                           EQUITY GROWTH SYSTEMS, INC.

     A meeting of the Board of Directors of Equity  Growth  Systems,  Inc.,  was
held on March 9, 1998, at which meeting a quorum was present.

The Board of Directors of Corporation:

     RESOLVED, that the Charles Scimeca shall be issued 150,000 shares of Common
Stock  which  will  bear a  restriction  per Rule  144(d),  as a reward  for his
tireless  effort in finding  acquisition  targets for the corporation as well as
continuing good office  representation  to the public during these days of delay
in the  issuance  of the  10ksb96 and the  further  delay in  submission  of the
15c-211 now in the process of being rewritten and submitted to the NASD.


     FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that Gary and Jean  Vulgamoro  shall be  issued  20,000
shares  of Common  Stock  which  will bear a  restriction  per Rule  144(d)  for
services rendered.

     FURTHER RESOLVED, that R. Mark Granville-Smith Trust shall be issued 20,000
shares Common Stock which will bear a restriction per Rule 144(d),  for services
rendered.

     BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED,  to advise Liberty Transfer Co., the transfer agent
for Equity Growth Systems, inc. to issue the above shares as requested.

     There being no further business requiring action or consideration, and upon
motion duly made, the meeting was adjourned.


                           /s/ E. Granville-Smith /s/
                          -----------------------------
                               E. Granville-Smith
                                CEO and President

                                      125



Meeting of the Board of
Directors of Equity Growth Systems, inc.

A meeting of the Board of Directors of Equity Growth  Systems,  inc. was held on
May 28, 1998, at
which meeting a quorum was present.

Upon motion duly made, the following Corporate Resolution was adopted by the
Board of Directors
of the corporation:

"RESOLVED, that Leonard Miles Tucker be issued 25,000 shares as compensation for
acting on administrative  committee to Equity Growth Systems,  inc. These shares
are to be issued with a 144 Restrictive Legend as per Rule 144.

There being no further business  requiring action or consideration and upon duly
made, the meeting was adjourned.

/s/ E. Granville-Smith /s/
- -----------------------------
E. Granville-Smith
CEO and Chairman

                                      126


                             Written Consent in Lieu
                    Of Special Meeting of Board of Directors


     The Undersigned,  being the sole member of the Board of Directors of Equity
Growth Systems,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the  "Corporation"),  pursuant to
authority  granted  under  Sections  141(f)  or  228  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, and as permitted by the Corporation's  constituent instruments,
hereby takes the following action and adopts the following resolution:

                           WITNESSETH:

     1.  RESOLVED,  that,  as  an  inducement  to  service  as  members  of  the
Corporation's  advisory board or as officers of the  Corporation,  the following
persons be issued shares of the Corporation's common stock, as follows:


          Name                     Shares                   Consideration
          Carlton P. Moffatt, Jr.  10,000 Shares                 (1)
          G. William Hollar        10,000 Shares                 (1)
          Thomas and Carol A. Horne10,000 Shares                 (1) (2)
          Macon Associates Corp.   50,000 Shares                 (3)
     --------
          (1)  Service on Board of Advisors for not less than 36 months.
          (2)  As services in common.
          (3)  Raft  Weiss'   designee.   Mr.   Weiss'   shares  are  issued  in
               consideration  for his  agreement  to serve as an  officer of the
               Corporation for not less than 36 months.

     2. RESOLVED,  that the  Corporation  enter into  reorganization  agreements
pursuant to Section  368(a)(1)(B)  of Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
with the current stockholders of Homan Equities, Inc.; Moffitt Properties, Ltd,;
and Equity  Growth  Systems  Realty,  Inc. in the form  heretofore  reviewed and
approved  by the  undersigned,  copies  of  which  shall  be  filed  immediately
following  and as an  exhibit  to this  written  consent  in  lieu of  directors
meeting,  pursuant to which the  Corporation  acquires  such  corporations  (the
"Subsidiaries")  in  exchange  for an  aggregate  of 300,000  shares,  issued as
follows:

                 Donald E. Homan, 100,000 shares;
               Gene R. Moffitt, 100,000 shares; and
             Charles J. Scimeca, 100,000 shares; and

          be it FURTHER

                                      127
<PAGE>

     RESOLVED,  that the Corporation  ratify the entry by the Subsidiaries  into
employment agreements with Messrs. Donald E. Homan, Gene R. Moffitt, and Charles
J. Scimeca,  in the form  heretofore  reviewed and approved by the  undersigned,
copies of which shall be filed  immediately  following and as an exhibit to this
written consent in lieu of directors meeting.

     3.  WHEREAS,  the  Corporation's  sole director is hereby  authorizing  the
issuance  of  securities  of the  Company  in  reliance  on the  exemption  from
registration  requirements  imposed by the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,
provided by Section  4(2)  thereof and pursuant to  comparable  exemptions  from
registration  requirements  provided  by the  subscribers  respective  states of
domicile:
          NOW THEREFORE, be it

     RESOLVED,  that the corporation issue the above described 380,000 shares of
its common stock,  $0.001 par value, which the Corporation shall, for accounting
purposes (unless otherwise  documented) value at $1.00 per share, to the persons
listed  above,  each  certificate  to be  dated  June 7,  1996,  and to bear the
following legend;

          "THESE SHARES HAVE NEITHER BEEN  REGISTERED  WITH THE  SECURITIES  AND
          EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  PURSUANT  TO  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  AS
          AMENDED,   NOR  WITH  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES   AGENCY  OR  COMMISSION.
          CONSEQUENTLY,  THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED OR
          HYPOTHECATED  UNLESS THEY ARE FIRST  REGISTERED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE
          AND FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OR THE TRANSACTION'S  EXEMPTION  THEREFROM
          IS DEMONSTRATED TO THE FULL SATISFACTION OF THE CORPORATION'S BOARD OF
          DIRECTORS  BASED  ON AN  OPINION  FROM  LEGAL  COUNSEL  TO THE  HOLDER
          APPROVED BY THE CORPORATIONS LEGAL COUNSEL, AT THE HOLDER'S EXPENSE."

     and be it FURTHER

                                      128
<PAGE>
     RESOLVED,  that  the  Corporation's  transfer  agent  place  stop  transfer
notations among its stop transfer  records  prohibiting any  transactions in the
subject  certificates  except in full  compliance  with the terms of the subject
legend evinced by written  instructions from the President of the Corporation or
a court order provided by the holder; and be it FURTHER

     RESOLVED,  that the Corporation's  officers and transfer agent be, and they
are hereby,  authorized,  empowered  and  directed  to take all  actions  either
necessary or expedient to accomplish all of the foregoing directives.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has caused  this  instrument  to be
executed, effective as of the 7th day of June, 1996.

                           Equity Growth Systems, inc.
                             A Delaware Corporation


                         /s/ Edward Granville-Smith /s/
                      ------------------------------------
                             Edward Granville-Smith
                                 Sole Director

                                      129


                             Written Consent in Lieu
                    Of Special Meeting of Board of Directors


     The Undersigned,  being the sole member of the Board of Directors of Equity
Growth Systems,  Inc., a Delaware corporation (the  "Corporation"),  pursuant to
authority  granted  under  Sections  141(f)  or  228  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation Law, and as permitted by the Corporation's  constituent instruments,
hereby takes the following action and adopts the following resolution:

                           WITNESSETH:

     1.  RESOLVED,   that,  the  following  persons  be  issued  shares  of  the
Corporation's   authorized  but  heretofore   unissued  common  stock,  for  the
consideration set forth below:

          Name                     Shares              Consideration
          Marilyn Karpoff
          144 East 44th Street
          New York, NY  10010      50,000 Shares            (1)

          Edward Kerper
          2430 Estancia Boulevard
          Clearwater, FL  34621    25,000 Shares            (2)

          Liberty Transfer Co.
          191 New York Avenue
          Huntington, NY  1174     25,000 Shares            (3)
     --------
          (1)  Agreement to serve as a vice president of the  Corporation  for a
               period of at least 24 months.
          (2   Services rendered to the Corporation for recruitment of officers.
          (3)  In lieu of interest and late payment charges.

     2. RESOLVED,  the  Corporation's  sole director is hereby  authorizing  the
issuance  of  securities  of the  Company  in  reliance  on the  exemption  from
registration  requirements  imposed by the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,
provided by Section  4(2)  thereof and pursuant to  comparable  exemptions  from
registration  requirements  provided  by the  subscribers  respective  states of
domicile:

          NOW THEREFORE, be it

                                      130
<PAGE>

     RESOLVED,  that the corporation  issue the above described 80,000 shares of
its common stock,  $0.001 par value, which the Corporation shall, for accounting
purposes (unless otherwise  documented) value at $0.40 per share, to the persons
listed above,  each  certificate  to be dated  October 2, 1996,  and to bear the
following legend;

     "THESE SHARES HAVE NEITHER BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
     COMMISSION PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, NOR WITH ANY
     STATE SECURITIES AGENCY OR COMMISSION.  CONSEQUENTLY,  THESE SHARES MAY NOT
     BE SOLD,  TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED  OR  HYPOTHECATED  UNLESS  THEY  ARE  FIRST
     REGISTERED  UNDER  APPLICABLE  STATE  AND  FEDERAL  SECURITIES  LAWS OR THE
     TRANSACTION'S  EXEMPTION THEREFROM IS DEMONSTRATED TO THE FULL SATISFACTION
     OF THE  CORPORATION'S  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS  BASED ON AN OPINION  FROM LEGAL
     COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER APPROVED BY THE  CORPORATIONS  LEGAL COUNSEL,  AT THE
     HOLDER'S EXPENSE."

     and be it FURTHER

     RESOLVED,  that  the  Corporation's  transfer  agent  place  stop  transfer
notations among its stop transfer  records  prohibiting any  transactions in the
subject  certificates  except in full  compliance  with the terms of the subject
legend evinced by written  instructions from the President of the Corporation or
a court order provided by the holder; and be it FURTHER

     RESOLVED,  that the Corporation's  officers and transfer agent be, and they
are hereby,  authorized,  empowered  and  directed  to take all  actions  either
necessary or expedient to accomplish all of the foregoing directives.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has caused  this  instrument  to be
executed, effective as of the 2nd day of October, 1996.

                   Equity Growth Systems, Inc.
                      A Delaware Corporation

                 /s/ Edward Granville-Smith /s/
              ------------------------------------
                     Edward Granville-Smith
                         Sole Director

                                      131


Written Consent in Lieu of Special Meeting of Board of Directors

The  Undersigned,  being the sole  member of the  Board of  Directors  of Equity
Growth  Systems,  inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Corporation"),  herewith
authorizes  the transfer  agent,  Liberty  Transfer  Co., to issue the following
share of the common stock of the corporation:

Gary and Jean Vulgamor                       5,000 shrs
3821 B. Tamiami Trail
Port Charlotte, Florida   33952
for services


Jay C. Salyer
1699 S. Federal HW., Suite 3B
Boca Raton, Florida 22432
for services

/s/ Ted /s/
EGS

                                      132


Meeting of the Board of Directors
of Equity Growth Systems, inc.

A meeting of the Board of Directors of Equity Growth  Systems,  inc. was held on
September 1, 1998, at which meeting a quorum was present.

Upon motion duly made, the following Corporate Resolution was adopted by the
Board of Directors
of the corporation:

"RESOLVED, that Leonard Miles Tucker be issued 25,000 shares as compensation for
acting on administrative  committee to Equity Growth Systems,  inc. These shares
are to be issued 504 Regulation D, without the restrictive  legend.  Also, be it
resolved  that William J. Reilly be issued  25,000 shares Rule 504 for acting as
attorney for Equity  Growth  Systems,  inc. The shares will be issued in lieu of
payment.

There being no further business  requiring action or consideration and upon duly
made, the meeting was adjourned.

/s/ E. Granville-Smith /s/
- ---------------------------------
E. Granville-Smith
CEO and Chairman

                                      133



                           Equity Growth Systems, inc.
                      A publicly held Delaware corporation

     Minutes of Organizational Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors


     A  special  organizational  meeting  of the  directors  elected  by  Edward
Granville-Smith  ("Mr.  Granville-Smith"),  as the new  Board of  Directors  for
Equity Growth Systems,  inc. (The "Board" and the "Corporation,"  respectively),
was held by  telephone  conference  on November 11,  1998,  at 1:00 p.m.,  after
provision of notice to all members by telephone  and facsimile  transmission.  A
copy of such notice is appended  hereto as exhibit A. All exhibits were provided
to the participants by e-mail.

     The meeting  was called as a result of a medical  emergency  involving  Mr.
Granville-Smith, necessitating his replacement as the Corporation's sole officer
and  requiring  a  change  in the  Corporation's  strategic  plans,  which  were
critically dependent on Mr. Granville-Smith's active leadership.

     Anticipating  such  potential  emergency,   Mr.  Granville-Smith   recently
negotiated  an  agreement  with the Yankee  Companies,  Inc.,  a privately  held
Florida corporation  ("Yankee"),  a copy of which is annexed hereto as exhibit B
[the "Yankee  Agreement"].  Such  agreement  contemplated  provision of material
assistance in the restructuring of the Corporation, including recruitment of new
officers and directors and  development  and  implementation  of a new strategic
plan.

     Anticipating  the  execution of the Yankee  Agreement,  Yankee  presented a
number of people to the Corporation,  and recommended that Mr.  Granville-Smith,
as the  Corporation's  sole  director,  elect four of them to the  Corporation's
Board of Directors, to wit, Charles J, Scimeca ("Mr. Scimeca"), Ms. Penny Field,
G. Richard  Chamberlin,  Esquire ("Mr.  Chamberlin")  and Anthony Q. Joffe.  Mr.
Granville-Smith  wisely took such  action by written  consent in lieu of special
meeting on November 6, 1998.

     At Mr.  Granville-Smith's  request,  Yankee also formed a small  investment
group (comprised of Yankee and persons associated  therewith) which entered into
a series of subscription  agreements  with the  Corporation  designed to provide
emergency  capital  required to discharge  current  obligations  (copies of such
agreement  being  annexed  hereto  as  composite  exhibit  C [the  "Subscription
Agreements"]), two of which remain unexecuted.

                                      134
<PAGE>

     Mr.  Chamberlin  was  elected by the  members  participating  to act as the
Chairman  of  the  meeting  and  also  acted  as  secretary.  In  light  of  Mr.
Granville-Smith's medical emergency,  after discussions and due procedures,  the
Board  (except for Mr.  Granville  Smith,  who was  medically  unable to attend)
unanimously adopted the following resolutions:


1.  Resolved,  that  Mr.  Scimeca,  currently  the  Corporation's  secretary  be
appointed as the Corporation's  acting president,  and that Mr. Chamberlin,  who
has previously  served as the  Corporation's  legal  counsel,  be elected as the
Corporation's general counsel and acting secretary.

Please Initial:
Mr. Chamberlin:  ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:___

2. Resolved,  that all other current officers of the Corporation be and they are
hereby discharged.

Please Initial:
Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:___

3. Resolved,  that the Corporation's  entry into the Subscription  Agreements be
ratified and that the newly elected acting officers execute the two Subscription
Agreements remaining unexecuted, on behalf of the Corporation.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---


4. Resolved, that the newly elected acting officers execute the Yankee Agreement
on behalf of the Corporation.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---

                                      135
<PAGE>

5. Resolved,  that the  Corporation  enter into a settlement  agreement with Mr.
Granville-Smith, in the form annexed hereto and made a part hereof as exhibit D.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---


6. Resolved, that the Corporation be restructured as a holding company, with its
current assets and operations transferred to a new subsidiary to be organized as
a Florida corporation under a name to be selected by Mr. Scimeca and approved by
Yankee,  and  that  at  such  time  as  he is  again  medically  competent,  Mr.
Granville-Smith be elected, together with Mr. Scimeca, as a director thereof.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---


7.  Resolved,  that the  Corporation,  under the  guidance and advise of Yankee,
develop and implement a new  strategic  business plan and undertake a program of
acquisitions   designed  to  increase  the  value  and   profitability   of  the
Corporation.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---


8.  Resolved,  that Yankee,  using the proceeds  derived from the recent private
placement  of the  Corporation's  securities  and any  proceeds it can  generate
through  refinancing of the Corporation's  assets,  open and supervise financial
accounts for the Corporation,  and develop and implement a plan to discharge the
Corporation's current liabilities.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---


9. Resolved,  that Messrs.  Scimeca and Chamberlin,  as the Corporation's acting
officers,  under the guidance and advice of Yankee,  take all actions reasonably
necessary to effect the foregoing.

Please Initial: Mr. Chamberlin: ___ Mr. Scimeca: ___ Mr. Joffe: ___ Ms. Field:
- ---

     Having adopted the foregoing  resolutions,  upon motion duly made, seconded
and unanimously adopted, the Board meeting was terminated.

                                      136
<PAGE>

     The foregoing,  based on our best  recollection  and notes,  constitute the
actions taken at such special  organizational  meeting of the Board,  and by our
execution of these  minutes and initials on each page and under each  resolution
adopted, we do so confirm, effective as of this 11th day of November, 1998.


                 /s/ G. Richard Chamberlin /s/
              -----------------------------------
                     G. Richard Chamberlin
             Chairman and Secretary of the Meeting
                            Director

                   /s/ Charles J. Scimeca /s/
              ------------------------------------
                       Charles J. Scimeca
                            Director

                    /s/ Anthony Q. Joffe /s/
             --------------------------------------
                        Anthony Q. Joffe
                            Director

                      /s/ Penny Field /s/
             --------------------------------------
                          Penny Field
                            Director

                                      137


                           Chamberlin Law Office, P.A.
                         G. Richard Chamberlin, attorney
                           Florida & Georgia Bars only
                     1941 Southeast 51st Terrace, Suite 800
                              Ocala, Florida 34471

May 3, 1999

Al Sanders
Liberty Transfer Co.
191 New York Avenue
Huntington, New York 11743

Facsimile: 516-385-1619

Re: Equity Growth Systems, inc. ("Equity")

Dear Mr. Sanders:

     Please be advised, that after a thorough examination of the company records
it has been determined that the following  persons or entities have not paid the
appropriate  consideration  for stock issued and  therefore the Rule 144 ("144")
holding  period has not yet started.  A list of addresses for  stockholders  who
have failed to pay the appropriate consideration is attached as exhibit "A".

     The company hereby directs you to take the following action:

1. Have your records  reflect that the 144 holding  period has not commenced and
will not commence until  appropriate  consideration  is paid by the stockholders
listed below.

2. Make a written request that each listed stockholder surrendered his/her stock
for cancellation, if payment is not being made.

3. Do not transfer any of the  securities  held by the persons  noted unless you
receive  further   instructions   from  Equity  that   consideration   has  been
appropriately paid.

                                      138
<PAGE>
     If you have any questions please give me a call at 352-694-6714.


                           Sincerely,

                 /s/ G. Richard Chamberlin /s/
             --------------------------------------
                   G. Richard Chamberlin, Esq
           Attorney for Equity Growth Systems, inc.

cc:  Charles J. Scimeca
     Leonard Miles Tucker, President of Yankee Companies, Inc.
     William A. Calvo, III, Vice-President of Yankee Companies, Inc.
     Larry Bowman, CPA for Equity Growth Systems, inc.
     Directors of Equity


                                      139


                           Chamberlin Law Office, P.A.
                         G. Richard Chamberlin, attorney
                           Florida & Georgia Bars only
                     1941 Southeast 51st Terrace, Suite 800
                              Ocala, Florida 34471

May 3, 1999

Al Sanders
Liberty Transfer Co.
191 New York Avenue
Huntington, New York 11743

Facsimile: 516-385-1619

Re: Equity Growth Systems, inc. ("Equity")

Dear Mr. Sanders:

     Please  be  advised  that  certain  stock  certificates  have  been  issued
improperly  pursuant to Rule 504 as free trading  stock.  A list of addresses of
the stockholders who have been improperly  issued Rule 504 stock are attached as
exhibit "A".

     The Rule 504 exemption is not available  because Equity has been subject to
reporting requirements pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) since 1964.

     All stock  issued  pursuant  to Rule 504  should be  returned  for a proper
legend or be canceled.

     You are directed by Equity to take the following actions:

1. Have your records  reflect that the subject stock should be  reclassified  as
having been issued in reliance on Sections 4(2) of the Securities  Act, and thus
subject to Rule 144, with the Rule 144 period being applied retroactively to the
time of issuance.

2.  Request  from each  shareholder  that the stock be  surrendered  for  proper
legending.

3. Do not permit  trading in the  securities  unless Rule 144 is fully  complied
with.

                                      140
<PAGE>

     Please note, that Carrington  Capital has agreed to return 25,000 shares of
free  trading  stock to you for Rule 144  legending.  Please call my office when
these shares are received.

     Thank you for cooperation in this matter.  If you have any questions please
give me a call at 352-694-6714.

                           Sincerely,
                 /s/ G. Richard Chamberlin /s/
               ----------------------------------
                   G. Richard Chamberlin, Esq
           Attorney for Equity Growth Systems, inc.

cc:  Charles J. Scimeca, President of Equity Growth Systems, inc.
     Leonard Miles Tucker, President of Yankee Companies, Inc. & Carrington
     Capital Corp.
     William A. Calvo, III, Vice-President of Yankee Companies, Inc.
     Larry Bowman, CPA for Equity Growth Systems, inc.
     Directors Of Equity Growth Systems, inc.
     United States Securities and Exchange Commission

                                      141


Coast To Coast
Realty Group, Inc.
1290 N. Palm Avenue
Sarasota, Florida 34236
Tel. (941) 366-4679, Fax (941) 558-8423
24 Hours (941) 374-0891
e-mail [email protected]

MEMORANDUM

TO: RICHARD CHAMBERLIN
DATE MARCH 26, 1999
FROM: CHARLES SCIMECA
SUBJECT; ANSWERS TO DUE DILIGENCE EQUITY GROWTH  SYSTEMS

(l) ON JULY  7,1998 I FILED A LOST  STOCK  CERTIFICATE  AFFIDAVIT  WITH  LIBERTY
TRANSFER  FOR THREE  STOCK  CERTIFICATES  TOTALLY  450,000  SHARES.  #027 ISSUED
11/10/95 (#153) 200,000 SHARES,  #063 ISSUED 6/14/96 (#154) 100,000 SHARES, #130
ISSUED  03/26/98  (#155)150,000  SHARES.  I ALSO STATED I WAS  TRANSFERRING  THE
SHARES TO PALMAIR, INC. BUT I WAS RETAINING 100% INTEREST IN THE SHARES ,WHICH I
DID UNTIL DECEMBER 18, 1998, THE 450,000 SHARES WERE THEN SOLD TO PALMAIR,  INC.
FOR $4,500.00.  PALMAIR,  INC. IS A BAHAMAS  CORPORATION LOCATED AT 55 FREDERICK
STREET NASSAU, BAHAMAS. CHRISTIAN GENTIS IS MY CONTACT, SHE IS A SHAREHOLDER AND
DIRECTOR,  I HAVE HAD BUSINESS  DEALINGS WITH HER FOR THE PAST 10 YEARS,  MAINLY
INVOLVING  CUSTOMERS  SHE  REFERS  TO ME  INVOLVING  REAL  ESTATE  AND  BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITIES  IN THE UNITED STATES, I HAVE NO INTEREST IN PALMAIR OR THE SHARES
THAT WERE SOLD NOR AM I A STOCKHOLDER, OFFICER OR DIRECTOR IN PALMAIR.

I WAS NOT AWARE AN ATTORNEY'S  OPINION WAS NEEDED FOR THE TRANSACTION  BECAUSE I
RETAINED  FULL  INTEREST IN THE SHARES UNTIL  DECEMBER 18, 1998 AND THE TRANSFER
AGENT  DIDN'T  MENTION  ANY TYPE OF OPINION  WAS  NEEDED,  AS FAR AS THE SALE IN
DECEMBER IS CONCERNED  BECAUSE IT WAS LESS THAN $10,000.00,  I THOUGHT IT WAS TO
BE DISCLOSED  THE 1998 10K THAT IS BEING FILED NOW,  WHICH WAS MY INTENT.  I WAS
NOT AWARE OF FORMS 3,4,5 IF THEY NEEDED TO BE FILED.

(2) I WAS AGREEING TO THE 2000 DATE WHEN I SIGNED THE OPTION AGREEMENT.

(8) I HAVE NOT AND KNOW ONLY WHAT HAS BEEN FILED BEFORE . ALTHOUGH I BELIEVE
HOMAN AND MOFFITT SHOULD KEEP THEIR STOCK.

s/s Charles J. Scimeca s/s                   DATE 3-26-99

                                      142




                    CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM

Offering Memorandum____________             Name of Offering_____________


                    AMERICAN INTERNET TECHNICAL CENTER, INC.

                        800,000 Shares at $1.25 per Share
                           Total Offering: $1,000,000


Minimum Subscription 8,000 Shares ($10,000.00)
Offering Expiration:  July 31,1999

American Internet Technical Center,  Inc. a Florida corporation (the "Company"),
hereby offers (the  "Offering")  up to 800,000  Shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock (the  "Stock"),  to Accredited  and  Non-Accredited  Investors  only.  See
"Investor Suitability Standards" and "Description of Securities".

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR did not DISAPPROVE BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE  ACCURACY OR
ADEQUACY OF THIS OFFERING  MEMORANDUM,  ANY  REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Offering    Selling            Net Proceeds to the
                  Price (1)   Commission (2)     Company (2) (3)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per 4,000 Shares  $10,000     $1,000             $9,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
800,000 Shares    $1,000,000  $100,000           $900,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The offering Price of the Stock has been unilaterally  determined by the Company
and is not based on the assets, book value or earnings. The minimum subscription
is eight thousand shares ($10,000).

The  company  may pay a  selling  commission  of 10% to  broker-dealers  who are
members of the National Association Securities Dealers, Inc. and who have agreed
to sell the stock on behalf of the Company on a "best  efforts"  minimum-maximum
basis.

Before  deducting  expenses  of  approximately  $25,000  for legal,  accounting,
printing, consulting, and other costs.

Assumes that the Offering is fully subscribed. The Company makes the Offering on
a "best efforts" basis.

                                      143
<PAGE>

                       AMERICAN INTERNET TECHNICAL CENTER
                            1500 EAST ATLANTIC BLVD.
                             POMPANO BEACH, FL 33060


 The date of this Confidential Private Placement Memorandum is January 15, 1999


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933,  AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") OR  REGISTERED  OR QUALIFIED  UNDER  APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED,  SOLD, PLEDGED,  HYPOTHECATED,
ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE  TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND/OR  REGISTRATION OR  QUALIFICATION  UNDER APPLICABLE
STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS OR OAN  OPINION  OF LEGAL  COUNSEL  SATISFACTORY  TO THE
COMPANY  THAT  SUCH  REGISTRATION  AND/OR  QUALIFICATION  IS NOT  REQUIRED.  THE
SECURITIES MAY BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL  RESTRICTIONS  IN THE VARIOUS STATES IN,
WHICH THEY MAY,  BAE SOLD.  THERE ARE NO  ASSURANCES  THAT A PUBLIC  MARKET WILL
DEVELOP IN THE FUTURE.  SEE "RISK FACTORS-NO  ASSURANCES OF A PUBLIC MARKET" AND
"LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES".

THE SECURITIES REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE (A "REGULATORY  AUTHORITY") HAS
NEITHER  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY.  NOR HAS ANY
REGULATORY  AUTHORITY PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR
UPON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE  INFORMATION  CONTAINED IN THIS PROVATE
PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

THIS  OFFERING  IS BEING MADE  PURSUANT  TO AN  OFFERING  EXEMPTION  PROVIDED BY
REGULATION D UNDER ACT AND SIMILAR  OFFERING  EXEMPTIONS  PROVIDED BY APPRICABLE
STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS  TO A  LIMITED  NUMBER  OF  INVESTORS  WITH  SUITABILITY
STANDARDS  DESCRIBED IN THIS  OFFERING.  THIS PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  MEMORANDUM  IS
CONFIDENTIAL  AND CONTAINS  INFORMATION  THAT IS PROPRIETARY TO THE COMPANY.  NO
PERSON MAY COPY THIS PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  MEMORANDUM OR  DISSEMINATE IT OR ANY OF
THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN TO ANY OTHER PERSON WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE COMPANY,

THIS PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  MEMORANDUM  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THESECURITIES  OFFERED
HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY  JURISIDICTION IN
WHICH  IT IS  UNLAWFUL  TOMAKE  SUCH AN OFFER OR  SOLICITATION  TO SUCH  PERSON.
NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF THIS  PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  MEMORANDUM  NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL  UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCE   CREATE  ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT  THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT  AS ANY DATE  SUBSEQUENT  TO THE DATE
HEREOF.

                                      144
<PAGE>

THE COMPANY PREPARED THE INFORMATION  PRESENTED HEREIN AND IS BEING FURNISHED BY
THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
OFFERING.  NOTHING  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS, OR SHALL BE RELIED ON AS A PROMISE OR
REPRESENTATION AS TO THE FUTURE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.

THIS  PRIVATE  PLACEMENT  MEMORANDUM  DOES NOT PUPORT TO BE ALL  INCLUSIVE OR TO
CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT A PROSEPECTIVE  INVESTOR MAY DESIRE IN ORDER TO
MAKE AN  INVESTMENT  DECISION  REGARDING THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY.  EACH
INVESTOR  MUST CONDUCT AND RELY ON HIS OR HER OWN  EVALUATION OF THE COMPANY AND
THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND RISKS INVOLVED IN MAKING AN
INVESTMENT  DECISION WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY.  SEE "RISK
FACTORS"  FOR A  DISCUSSION  OF CERTAIN  FACTORS  THAT SHOULD BE  CONSIDERED  IN
CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHSE OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY.

PRIOR TO THIS  OFFEREING  THERE HAS BEEN NO  PUBLIC  MARKET  FOR THE  SECURITIES
OFFERED  HEREBY OR FOR ANY OTHER  SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND NO PUBLIC MARKET
FOR THE SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND NO PUBLIC MARKET WILL EXIST FOLLOWING THIS
OFFERING.  THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVE  A HIGH  DEGREE OF RISK AND
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL  DILUTION AND SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY INVESTORS WHO
CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. SEE "RISK FACTORS"

THE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED BY THE COMPANY  SUBJECT TO PRIOR SALE,  ACCEPTANCE OR
AN OFFER TO PURCHASE,  WITHDRAWAL,  CANCELLATION  OR  MODIFICATION OF THE OFFER,
WITHOUT NOTICE.  THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY ORDER, IN WHOLE OR
INPART, FOR THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY.

                                      145
<PAGE>

This  offering   involves  special  risks  concerning  the  Company  (see  "Risk
Factors").  Investors should  carefully review the entire  Memorandum and should
not  invest  any funds in this  Offering  unless  they can  afford to lose their
entire  investment.  In making an investment  decision,  investors  must rely on
their own examination of the issuer and the terms of the Offering, including the
merit and risks involved.

                              REGULATION D OFFERING


THIS OFFERING IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTIONS AFFORDED BY SECTIONS 4(2)
OR 3(b) OF  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933  AND RULE 504 OF  REGULATION  D  PROMULGATED
THEREUNDER  AND THE  STATE  SMALL  CORPORATE  OFFERING  REGISTRATION  PROVISION.
PURSUANT  TO RULE  504,  THE  SHARES  SOLD  HEREBY  WILL NOT BE  SUBJECT  TO ANY
LIMITATIONS  ON RESALE  THEREOF UNDER FEDERAL LAW. THE SHARES MAY,  HOWEVER,  BE
SUBJECT  TO  LIMITATIONS  ON THE  OFFER AND SALE AND THE  RESALE  OF THE  SHARES
IMPOSED BY THE BLUE SKY LAWS OF  INDIVIDUAL  STATES.  IN  ADDITION,  THE COMPANY
INTENDS TO FILE THE REQUIRED  DOCUMENTS IN CERTAIN  OTHER STATES  IDENTIFIED  BY
MANAGEMENT  AS HAVING  POSSIBLE  INVESTOR  INTEREST  AND USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO
QUALIFY THE SHARES FOR SECONDARY TRADING IN SUCH STATES, THOUGH NO ASSURANCE CAN
BE GIVEN THAT IT WILL BE ABLE TO QUALIFY  THE SHARES  RSECONDARY  TRADING IN ANY
SUCH STATES IN WHICH IT SUBMITS SUCH APPLICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS. AN INABILITY TO
QUALIFY THE SHARES FOR SECONDARY TRADING WILL CREATE SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON
THE TRANSFERABILITY OF SUCH SHARES WHICH MAY NEGATE THE BENEFIT OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 504 OF  REGULATION  D. THE COMPANY WILL USE ITS BEST EFFORTS TO
CAUSE THE SHARES TO BE LISTED ON THE ELECTROMC  BULLETIN  BOARD  OPERATED BY THE
NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION OF SECURITIES DEALERS,  INC. AS A MARKET IN WHICH THEY MAY
BE TRADED. THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH LISTING WILL BE OBTAINED OR THAT IF A
LISTING  IS  OBTAINED  THAT  ANY  MARKET  FOR THE  SHARES  WILL  DEVELOP,  OR IF
DEVELOPED, THAT IT WILL BE SUSTAINED.

                                      146
<PAGE>


TABLE OF CONTENTS                                   Page No.

DESCRIPTION OF OFFERING..............                6-7

SUMMARY.......................................       7-10

PROJECTED SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS..........           10-16

RISK FACTORS...............................          16-20

USE OF PROCEEDS.................................     20-21

DILUTION..........................................     21

APITALIZATION......................................    22

BUSINESS OF COMPANY...............................   22-27

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
  OF OPERATIONS....................................    27

MANAGEMENT.......................................    28-30

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS............................     30

SUITABILITY STANDARDS............................    31-33

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES........................     34

LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES.........       35-36

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION...............................   36

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION............................    36


EXHIBITS:

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.....................     A

SUBSCRIBER QUESTIONAIRE.............................   B

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.............................    C
AND INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION

                                      147
<PAGE>

THE OFFERING                  DESCRIPTION OF OFFERING

Securities Offered            Up to 8,000,000 Shares of the Company's Common
                              Stock par value $0.001 per share (the "stock")

Offering Price                $1.25 per Share, minimum is 8,000 shares.

Expiration Date               July 31, 1999

Amount of Offering            $1,000,000
Common Stock Outstanding
Prior to the Offering         10,000,000 Shares


Common Stock                  Purchase The Company has authorized the issuance
                              of 800,000 Shares  Warrant of Common Stock
                              Purchase  Warrants to the investors participating
                              in this Private Placement.  Each investor will be
                              given one (1) Common Stock Purchase Warrant for
                              each Share of Common Stock purchased at an
                              exercise price at $.50. The Common Stock Purchased
                              Warrant will be exercisable up to one (1) year
                              after a public market exists.

Additional Information        Each prospective investor will have
                              the opportunity to ask questions or request
                              additional   information   from  the
                              company  prior to  subscribing.  See
                              "Additional Information".

Subscription Agreement        An investor may purchase the stock only pursuant
                              to a subscription Agreement that contains,  among
                              other matters, certain representations and
                              warranties by the Company and certain
                              representations and warranties by the investor.

Subscription                  All Subscription checks should be payable to
                              American Internet Technical Center, Inc..

Suitability                   The Stock is being offered to Accredited Investors
                              who are capable of evaluating the merits and the
                              risks of an investment in the Stock and who meet
                              certain  suitability  requirements.  See Investor
                              Suitability Standards.

                                      148
<PAGE>
Plan of  Distribution        The Stock is being  offered  on a best  efforts
                              basis by the Company and by Broker Dealers who are
                              members of the National  Association  of
                              Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  who may be considered,
                              See Plan of Distribution.

Private Placement Offering    The Common stock has not been registered
                              under the Securities Act of 1933, as
                              amended,  or registered or qualified
                              under  applicable  state  securities
                              laws,   and  is  being   offered  in
                              reliance  upon  certain   exemptions
                              from       registration       and/or
                              qualification  provided  in  federal
                              and    state     securities    laws.
                              Therefore,  the Common Stock may not
                              be  resold  or  transferred  in  the
                              absence of an effective registration
                              statement  under the  Securities Act
                              and       registration        and/or
                              qualification  under the state, such
                              registration and/or qualification is
                              not required.


                                    SUMMARY

The following is a summary of the Company,  the principal terms of the Offering,
and certain  other  matters and is qualified on its'  entirety by the  Company's
financial  statements and the more detailed  information  included  elsewhere in
this Confidential Placement Memorandum (this "memorandum").j

The Company

American  Internet  Technical Center,  Inc. (the "Company"),  1500 East Atlantic
Blvd.,  Pompano Beach, FL 33060;  telephone  (954) 943-4748,  is a Florida based
internet Company.  The Company's  primary market is new business  throughout the
United States and Canada.  The Company designs web sites,  hosts web sites,  and
provides e-commerce programs, marketing and other Internet services. The Company
also offers on line instructional  programs in computer technology,  web design,
management and other fields. All courses are conducted on the Web where students
can acquire new skills from the comfort of their own home.  The Company  differs
from its'  competitors in that it is not restricted by geographical  boundaries,
it solicits the smaller  accounts  and utilizes  students to perform many of the
routine tasks.

The Company was  incorporated  on April 15, 1998, in the State of Florida solely
to provide Internet services, including but not limited to, web design, hosting,
marketing  and  training.  The Company began by offering free web sits for small
and medium sized  businesses.  Web sites were to be designed by senior webmaster
students  as part of their  graduation  requirements.  In  return,  clients  are
required to use the  Company's  hosting  services for their new web sits. In the
first nine months of  operations,  the Company has acquired  approximately  1175
clients, averaging 130 new clients per month. Hosting services, including search
engine  registration  are  $578.00 for a  six-month  contract  and $932.00 for a
one-year contract.

                                      149
<PAGE>

The Company's  marketing  strategy has been focused around  advertising in local
newspapers,  direct mail, including postcards and card decks,  telemarketing and
the Internet.  The Company maintains its own informative web site and encourages
prospective  clients to visit the site where they can obtain  information  about
the Company and its services,  and to preview approximately fifteen actual sites
of the Company's  clients.  Selling  efforts  consist of responding to inquiries
that are generated by the advertising efforts. A sales  representative  explains
the program to the  prospect  and then faxes a six page  informational  package,
including a contract,  to the  prospect.  Closing the prospect  normally  occurs
within one to five days and requires knowledge of the services and sales skills.
Gross sales for the first nine months were  approximately  $850,000.00  to 1,175
clients.  The Company's  marketing  objective is to increase sales to $4,200,000
and  increase the number of clients to 5,000 by the fiscal year ending March 31,
2000. The Company will experiment with cable television  advertising on business
networks,  such as MSNBC  and  other  networks,  press  releases,  and  outbound
telemarketing campaign to new businesses, opt-in e-mailing and other advertising
techniques and methods.

Based upon market research and studies,  Management believes that the demand for
the Company's Internet services will remain strong. Network Solutions, which has
the government  contract to register domain names in the United States,  reports
that new  registrations  are  increasing  at a  significant  rate.  Each  month,
Internic  registers  more than 100,000 new commercial  domain names.  In January
1998  there were 30 million  computers  on the  Internet  and  approximately  70
million users.  Internet  co-designer,  Vinton Cert,  estimates that by the Year
2000 there will be 200 million  computers  on the  Internet and over 400 million
users. In 1998, sales on the Internet were estimated to exceed $4 billion by the
year 2000.  AOL  recently  announced  that its sales for the  ten-day  Christmas
period of 1998 exceeded $1 billion  dollars.  Throughout the United States there
are over  100,000 new  businesses  formed each month.  Many of these  businesses
commerce operations on a limited budget but are fully aware of the importance of
having a web site.  This is our  market  niche and the area  where we will focus
future marketing efforts to achieve projected goals.

Business  conducted on the Web knows no  boundaries.  There are no  geographical
restrictions  and  language  barriers  will be  eliminated  through  translation
programs.  The  Company  receives  over 100  inquires  per  month  from  foreign
countries,  even  though it directs  its  marketing  efforts in the USA.  At the
present  time,  the Company  conducts  business in the United States and Canada,
however,  the Company is preparing itself to intensify marketing  strategies and
communication  links to capture the universal  market.  The Company  conducted a
test-marketing  program in Brazil, one of the larger countries in the world, and
the initial findings were favorable.

                                      150
<PAGE>

Market Analysis

The growth in demand for these  products  and  services in the United  States as
well as in most other countries outstrips the population growth.  Demand for the
services  is being  fueled by  factors  such as more  awareness  of the  general
availability  of the service,  increased  advertising and competition by service
providers,  more  businesses  in the  target  group,  the  robust  economy,  the
advancements in the technology sector and public acceptance of these changes.

While the growth in the domestic market for the service is expected to continue,
overseas markets are showing much more promise. The demographic information such
as rising income  levels,  higher  education  levels and more  familiarity  with
technology are suggesting that overseas markets are ripe for dramatically higher
growth rates.  Although the sales in overseas  markets are currently  dwarfed by
domestic sales, the firms who do sell overseas are experiencing very fast growth
rates and there is every  reason to believe  that these fast  growth  rates will
continue for years to come and that eventually the overseas  markets may even be
larger than then domestic market.

We intend to be the best managed and most professionally  operated firm operated
in the United States and eventually in other countries  throughout the world. In
a field  that will be  filled  with many  competitors  we intend to  distinguish
ourselves by having  specific  policies and standards for serving  customers and
carefully  monitoring  the quality of our service.  As this market  continues to
mature, buyers will become increasingly discerning and increasingly aware of and
interesting  in the  key  features/benefits/differences  from  one  competitor's
offering to the next.

Part of the proceeds that we will raise will be used to purchase  equipment that
will maintain our competitive position.  Each sales representative will have the
most advanced  computerized sales equipment available in the marketplace.  These
tools  will  allow  our  staff  to  service  their  clients   quickly  and  more
efficiently,  to provide  answers to questions,  to track customer  progress and
call backs, to provide the means for upgrade sales, renewals and other services.
In addition, the equipment will allow us to make overseas calls on the Internet,
versus the telephone  companies,  at lower rates, and to be able to communicate,
if necessary,  with prospects in foreign languages,  using translation features.
Management is considering other advanced equipment that will create web sites in
foreign  languages  and/or  bilingual web sites;  equipment that will create "in
house" leads of its prospect base from county courthouses,  public documents and
other  records;  equipment  and  programs  to  generate  leads  "hits"  for  its
customers,  using the search engines and other marketing techniques. The Company
also intends to purchase  additional  equipment that will ensure its competitive
advantage with respect to hosting.  Such equipment will provide the Company with
the fastest and most reliable access to the Internet.

                                      151
<PAGE>

Online Instruction

The Company offers the following  classification of on line courses. There are a
total of 62  different  courses,  all of which  feature  web-based  delivery and
administration.  Students  can take  courses  from  their own home or  business.
Requirements  for most  courses  are a  computer,  Internet  access,  e-mail and
Netscape or Internet  Explorer  browser.  Lessons for each course/  syllabus are
usually  delivered  twice  weekly  either  by e-mail  or on the web  itself.  An
Instructor conducts each course. Interaction with Instructors and other students
is conducted in special chat room environments.

1.   Computer  Courses.  Unlock the powerful  secrets  behind all your  favorite
     applications,  a total of 14 different courses of study.  Average course is
     12 lessons, 6 weeks of study. Course prices $95.00.

2.   Internet Courses. Learn how to navigate the Internet,  create a web page or
     master the art of Web  programming.  A total of 8 courses,  12 lessons  per
     course. Each course price $95.00.

3.   Business Courses. Discover how best to plan, start, finance and market your
     small to medium sized business.  A total of 11 courses,  varying numbers of
     lessons per course. Average course price $135.00.

4.   Management Courses.  Improve your job skills by mastering the fundaments of
     supervision, communication,  motivation, conflict resolution, and inventory
     and project management. A total of 23 different coursed, varying numbers of
     lessons per course. Average course price $195.00.

5.   Other Courses.  Prepare for an upcoming test,  enhance your medical skills,
     or chart a new career  path with these  courses.  A total of six  different
     courses,  varying  numbers of lessons  per  course.  Average  course  price
     $275.00.

                                      152
<PAGE>

                    American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
                               Projected Schedules
                                  Balance Sheet


Fiscal Year
Ending March 31st              1999       2000        2001       2002       2003

ASSETS
Current Assets

Cash                     $   91,000 $  150,000 $   200,000 $  250,000 $  300,000

Short-term investments    2,910,000  4,232,000   6,079,000  8,436,000
Accounts receivable, net    145,000    320,000     360,000    400,000    440,000
Prepaid expenses              6,100     10,000      10,000     10,000     10,000
Total current assets        242,100  3,390,000   4,802,000  6,739,000  9,186,000
Fixed Assets                 30,000  2,030,000   2,030,000  2,030,000  2,030,000
Less accumulated
   depreciation               5,000    225,000     445,000    665,000    885,000
Net Fixed Assets             25,000 11,805,000   1,585,000  1,365,000  1,145,000
Long Term Assets             26,000     30,000      30,000     30,000     30,000

                            293,100  5,225,000   6,417,000  8,134,000 10,361,000

LIABILITIES & EQUITY

Current Liabilities
  Accounts payable       $   30,000 $  110,000 $   130,000 $  150,000 $  170,000
  Accrued liabilities        40,000     65,000      85,000    105,000    125,000
  Payroll taxes payable       2,000      5,000       7,000      9,000     11,000
  Income taxes payable       16,000     60,000     120,000    175,000    250,000

Total current liabilities    88 000    240,000     342,000    439,000    556,000

Long Term Liabilities
  Notes payable                  -0

Shareholder's Equity
  Paid up capital               100  4,250,000   4,250,000  4,250,000  4,250,000
  Retained earnings         165,000    735,000   1,825,000  3,445,000  5,555,000
Total shareholder's equity  165,100  4,985,000   6,075,000  7,695,000  9,805,000

                            293,100  5,225,000   6,417,000  8,134,000 10,361,000

                                      153

<PAGE>

                    American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
                       Projected Statements of Operations

Fiscal Year
Ending March 31st              1999       2000        2001       2002       2003

Sales
Web sites              $  1,200,000 $ 3,200,00 $  3,600,00 $ 4,000,00 $4,400,000
                                             O           O          O

Marketing programs           40,000    375,000     750,000  1,125,000  1,500,000
On-line educational programs 20,000    200,000     300,000    400,000    500,000
Hosting, renewals and other  40,000    425,000   1,300,000  2,175,000  3,000,000
Direct Costs
  Sales commissions         230,000    750,000     900,000  1,050,000  1,200,000
  Production department
     costs                  177,000    595,000     665,000    735,000    805,000
  Marketing department
     expenses                20,000    190,000     375,000    565,000    750,000
  Advertising and promotion 236,000    545,000     635,000    720,000    810,000
  Educational programs        5,000     50,000      75,000    100,000    125,000
  Hosting costs and other    32 000    170,000     350 000    530 000    710 000
Total direct costs          700,000  2,300,000   3,000,000  3,700,000  4,400,000

Gross Profit                600,000  1,900,000   2,950,000  4,000,000  4,000,000

Operating Expenses
  Administrative Wages       67,000    167,000     200,000    230,000    270,000
  Bank charges & interest     3,000      5,000       6,000      7,000      8,000
  Depreciation and
     amortization             5,000    220,000     220,000    220,000    220,000
  Employee benefits expense  15,000     60,000      70,000     80,000     90,000
  Insurance expense           3 000      6,000       9.000     12,000     15,000
  Legal and accounting fees   7,000     25 000      30 000     35 000     40 000
  Maintenance and repairs     7,000     14,000      20,000     25,000     30,000
  Miscellaneous expenses      8,000     13 000      17 000     21,000     25,000
  Occupancy costs            24,000     15,000      15,000     15,000     15,000
  Office supplies            13,000     25 000      30,000     35 000     40,000
  Telenhone and utilities    68 000    130 000     163,000    200,000    237,000
Total operating expenses    220,000    680,000     780,000    880,000    990,000

Net Before Management
  Salaries and Income Taxes 380,000  1,220,000   2,170,000  3,120,000  4,010,000

Management Salaries         150,000    400,000     600,000    800,000  1,000,000
Provision for Income Taxes   65 000    250 000     480 000    700 000    900 000
                            215,000    650,000   1,080,000  1,500,000  1,900,000

Net Profit                  165,000    570,000   1,090,000  1,620.000  2,110,000

                                      154

<PAGE>



                    American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
                        Projected Statements of Cash Flow

Fiscal Year
Ending March 31st              1999       2000        2001       2002       2003

Cash flows from operating activities

Net Profit for the year     165,000    570,000   1,090,000  1,620,000  2,110,000
Adjustments to reconcile net
income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation                  5,000    220,000     220.000    220,000    220,000
Increase (decrease)in
  accounts payable           30,000     80,000      20,000     20,000     20,000
Increase (decrease) in
  accrued liabilities        40,000     25,000      20,000     20,000     20,000
Increase (decrease) in
  payroll taxes payable       2,000      3,000       2,000      2,000      2,000
Increase (decrease) in
  income taxes payable      16,000      44,000      60,000     55,000     75,000
Decrease (increase) in
  prepaid expenses        (  6,100) (    3,900)
Decrease (increase) in
 long term assets         ( 26,000) (    4,000)
Net cash provided by
 operating activities       80,900     759,100   1,372,000  1,897,000  2,407,000
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
     Additions to property
     and equipment        ( 30,000)( 2,000,000)

Cash flows from financing
  activities:
     Increase (decrease) in
       notes payable        40,000 (    40,000)
     Proceeds from sale
       of common stock         100   4,250,000
     Net cash provided by
      financing activities  40,100   4,210,000
     Net increase in cash
      and cash equivalents  91,000   2,969,000   1,372,000  1,897,000  2,407,000
     Cash & cash equivalents
       beginning of year                91,000   3,060,000  4,432,000  6,329,000
     Cash and cash equivalents
       at end of year       91,000   3,060,000   4,432,000  6,329,000  8,736,000


                                      155

<PAGE>

Assumptions

In preparing the Pro Forma Statement of Operations,  Balance Sheet and Cash Flow
Forecast,  the Company has made the following  assumption with respect to future
sales and operating expenses. The estimated figures used in the descriptive text
are for the year  ending  March  31,  2000.  Similar  assumptions  were  used to
estimate  the  figures  for the  years  2001,  2002  and  2003,  however,  those
calculations are not provided herein.

Revenues from Web Site Sales - $2,800,000.  (This figure obtained by multiplying
80 X $700 x 50 weeks).  The  Company  estimates  that web sales will  average 80
sales per week during the second  year of  business.  Average  price per sale is
$700,  which  assumes that 2/3 of all sales will be at $578 and 1/3 of all sales
at $932. In 1999 the actual sales  breakdown was 60%/40%.  The Company  projects
sales of 90,  100 and 110  sales  per week for the  years  2001,  2002 and 2003,
respectively.  The Company feels that its sales  objectives are conservative and
can be  attained  with its  proposed  marketing  plans.  The  Company  commenced
business in April 1998. In its first full week of operations, the Company made 5
sales. In its tenth week, the Company attained 78 sales.

     2.  Upgrades -  $400,000.  The  Company  estimates  sales  from  extras and
upgrades to existing clients will average $100 per client.  The projected number
of new clients for the year ending March 31, 2000, are 4,000.  Items 1 and 2 are
combined in the Financial  Statements.

     3. Marketing Programs - $375,000. The Company estimates that it will sell a
minimum of 15 marketing and/or maintenance  programs per week for the year 2000.
These programs average $500 per sale (for an annual contract) and are beneficial
to those  individuals who require frequent changes to their web sites and/or who
desire to obtain high search engine  rankings and "hits" to their web site. This
figure is expected  to increase  substantially  in the  following  years as more
advertising  is focused in this  strategic  area and more  existing  clients are
added to the Company's database.

     4. Online  Educational  Programs - $200,000.  The Company estimates that it
will  enroll a minimum  of 20 new  students  per week in its  second  year.  The
Company expects that the majority of courses sold will be part of the Web Design
Course Syllabus.  There are 8 separate courses  available at $95 per course.  If
each student takes but 2 courses each, the estimated sales for next year will be
$200,000. As more advertising efforts are focused in this area, the interest and
sales are expected to increase each year.

     5.  Hosting/Re-hosting  Fees - $425,000. The Company estimates that it will
have approximately  1,500 clients by the end of its first fiscal year, March 31,
1999. The Company expects to add an additional 4,000 clients in its second year.
The Company  estimates  it will have  approximately  3,000  customers  ready for
renewals  during the course of its second year of  operations.  The Company will
offer an attractive  hosting  renewal  price along with an incentive  package to
encourage  maximum  renewals,  however,  if 50% of the clients renew,  the above
projection  will be attained  (1,~}0 x $300 year  renewal).  The  estimates  for
succeeding years will be accelerated as the number of clients increases

                                      156

<PAGE>
proportionately.  Other sales are  anticipated  from other sources.  The Company
receivs referral fees and commissions from merchant card providers,  fulfillment
houses and other sources.  the Company intends to experiment with e-commerce web
sites  of its own  and  sell  and  distribute  other  related  and  non  related
products/services on the Interent.

     6. Sales Commissions - $750,000.  Sales representatives  receive 18% of web
site sales,  upgrades and marketing revenues  ($3,775,000 x 18% = $680,000).  An
allowance is provided for a sales  manager and bonuses.  This  expenditure  will
increase in succeeding years in relation to sales.

     7.  Production  Costs -  $595,000.  During the first year the  Company  was
successful in reducing its production  costs by  approximately  50%.  Production
costs are estimated as follows: (a) Web Sites; 15% of $2,800,000 = $420,000; (b)
Upgrades: 25% of $400,000 = $100,000; (c) Provision for Manager $75,000.

     8.  Marketing  Expenses -  $190,000.  This is a  labor-intensive  source of
revenue and is estimated to be 50% of sales.

     9. Advertising & Promotion - $545,000.  During the first year of operations
the  Company  was  successful  in  reducing  its  advertising  cost  per sale by
approximately 40%. The advertising cost per web site is currently less than $100
per sale. This  expenditure is estimated as follows:  (a) 15% of web site sales,
marketing and  educational  revenues = $500,000;  (b) allowance for  advertising
manager $45,000.

     10.  Educational  Programs - $50,000.  The  Company  obtains  all  programs
through a California Institute. Costs are approximately 25% of revenues.

     11.  Hosting Costs & Other - $170,000.  During the first year,  the Company
purchased three servers, which it owns, and co-hosts at an outside location. The
Company was  successful  in reducing  this expense item by over 50%.  Re-hosting
costs are estimated at  approximately  20% of the sales. An allowance of $60,000
annually for a Systems Administrator is provided.

THE FOREGOING  STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS  ARE A PROJECTION  ONLY AND ARE BASED ON
MANAGEMENT'S  ESTIMATION  OF  MARKETING  AND  FINANCIAL  RESULTS.  THERE  ARE NO
ASSURANCES THAT THE ASSUMPTIONS  UPON WHICH PROJECTED  STATEMENTS ARE BASED WILL
BE  ACCURATE  OR THAT THE  PROJECTED  LEVELS  OF  FINANCIAL  PERFORMANCE  WLL BE
ACHIEVED.  THE PROJECTED STATEMENTS ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT A
GUARANTEE  OF  PERFORMANCE  AND  SHOULD  BE  CONSIDERED  IN LIGHT OF THE  STATED
ASSUMPTIONS, RISK FACTORS AND OTHER INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS MEMORANDUM.

                                        157
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE AND PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS SHOULD
BE AWARE THAT THEY WILL BE SUBJECT TO A NUMBER OF MATERIAL RISKS,  INCLUDING THE
RISK FACTORS DESCRIBED BELOW. ACCORDINGLY,  PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR
ENTIRE INVESTMENT SHOULD ONLY PURCHASE THE STOCK.  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY  CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING  RISK FACTORS  RELATING TO THE COMPANY AND THE
OFFERING  TOGETHER  WITH THE  OTHER  INFORMATION  AND  FINANCIAL  DATA SET FORTH
ELSEWHERE IN THIS MEMORANDUM ~ LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR FINANCIAL CIRCUMSTANCES
AND INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES.

DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY

The  Company  is  nearing  completion  of its  first  year of  business  with an
operating  profit,  however,  it  is  subject  to  all  risks  inherent  in  the
establishment  of  a  new  business  enterprise,  including  the  likelihood  of
continued  operating  losses.  The  likelihood of the Company's  success must be
considered in light of the problems, expenses,  difficulties,  complications and
delays frequently  encountered in connection with the commencement and growth of
operations,   the  implementation  of  the  Company's  business  plan,  and  the
competitive and regulatory  environment in which the Company operates  "Business
of the Company".

LIMITED ADVERTISING/MARKETING CAPABILITY

The Company  currently has only a limited  advertising/marketing  capability for
its services. The Company plans to increase their in-house advertising/marketing
strategies,  however,  future capital will be needed to implement new aggressive
advertising/marketing strategies.

DEPENDENCE ON THE OFFERING

The Company  requires  that the  Offering be fully  subscribed  in order for the
Company to make certain key  acquisitions  that will  increase  margins.  If the
Offering is less than fully  subscribed,  the Company may have to reduce certain
acquisitions  and  reduce  advertising/marketing  strategies.  This  may have an
effect on the Company's schedule of growth. See "Use of Proceeds".

DEPENDENCE ON FUTURE FINANCING

Even if the Offering is fully subscribed,  management  believes that the company
will require additional financing to continue to make key acquisitions, continue
the direct response marketing  campaigns and for working capital. If the Company
is not able to secure future  financing,  the Company may have to reduce overall
operations, cut back its direct response marketing campaigns

                                      158
<PAGE>

and  the  acquisitions  key  to the  Company's  growth.  This  also  could  have
diminishing effects on the potential profitability of the Company.

Management  anticipates that the Company will raise all or a substantial portion
of the financing required through an initial public offering,  which the Company
expects to file during 1999. Management may use a portion of the net proceeds of
the  Offering  allotted to general  working  capital to pay for a portion of the
expense of a public offering. However, there are not assurances that the Company
will be able to undertake such initial public  offering or that the Company will
be able to raise sufficient  capital from such undertaking.  Even if the Company
successfully concludes an initial public offering,  there are no assurances that
the Company will be able to sustain profitability, increase margins and continue
aggressive  growth.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources".

NO ASSURANCES OF A PUBLIC MARKET

There is no public market for the Common Stock and there are no assurances  that
a public  market will  develop,  or if developed,  will  continue.  If no market
develops,  it may be difficult or impossible for the holders of the Common Stock
to sell their  Shares if they  should  desire to do so. In  addition,  there are
substantial  restrictions on the sale or transfer of the Common Stock imposed by
the federal and state securities laws. There are no assurances that holders will
be able to sell their Common Stock at a price equal to the offering price, or at
all. Even if the Company  undertakes the initial  public  offering of the Common
Stock,  there are no assurances that sufficient  shares will be sold to create a
public market for the Common Stock. In addition,  the Subscription Agreement for
the purchase of Common  Stock may provide  that,  upon request by the  Company's
investment  banker or underwriter,  the holders of Common Stock will not be able
to sell any of their  shares of  Common  Stock  for 180 days  after  the  public
offering  by the  Company,  except  for  shares  included  as part of the public
offering.   While  investors  will  have  certain   registration   rights,  such
registration  rights have  restrictions  that may result in the investors  never
being able to sell their shares of Common Stock.  See "Description of Securities
- - Registration Rights" and "Limited Transferability of Securities".

DIVIDEND AND REDEMPTION RESTRICTIONS

A holder  of stock  will  only be  entitled  to  receive  dividends  when as, if
declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefore. The
Company's  Board of Directors will determine  future  dividend policy based upon
the Company's results of operations,  financial condition, capital requirements,
and other  circumstances.  The Company  currently  does not  contemplate  paying
dividends on the Common Stock in the foreseeable  future since it intends to use
all its  earnings,  if any, to finance  expansion,  acquisition,  and  marketing
campaigns.

                                       159
<PAGE>

CONTINUED CONTROL OF MANAGEMENT

Currently,  the Company's Officers and Directors  beneficially own approximately
99.39%  of the  Outstanding  Shares  of  Common  Stock,  and  will  continue  to
beneficially own approximately  92.1% of the Outstanding  Shares of Common Stock
upon full  subscription  of the  Offering.  However,  when added to  Outstanding
Shares  beneficially  owned  by  the  Company's  control  group,  the  Company's
management  beneficially owns 99.39% of the Outstanding  Shares Common Stock and
will continue to beneficially own approximately 92. 1% of the Outstanding Shares
of Common Stock after the foregoing events.

DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT

The  Company   believes  that  its  success  will  largely  be  dependent   upon
management's  implementation of the Company's business plan. Although management
has extensive experience in other business ventures, the principals have not had
previous  business  experience  in Internet  services.  However,  the  Company's
principals  have  been  successful  to date,  but that  does not  assure  future
success.

DILUTION

Following the purchase of the shares,  investors will  experience  immediate and
substantial dilution of their investment. Accordingly, prospective investors may
bear a  substantial  portion  of the risk of loss while  control of the  Company
remains in the hands of the present shareholders. See "Dilution"
"Principal Shareholders" and "Capitalization".

FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS

The  Projected  Statements  of  Operations  included  in  the  Summary  of  this
Memorandum  are  management's  estimates  as to the  future  performance  of the
Company  based upon certain  assumptions  and courses of action that the Company
plans to  undertake.  One of the  material  assumptions  is that  the  Company's
Internet  services will be received  favorably in the market,  which is based in
part upon certain indications of interest from qualified buyers.  However, there
will usually be differences between the financial projections and actual results
experienced because events and circumstances frequently do not occur as expected
and  those  differences  may be  material.  There  are no  assurances  that such
indications  of  interest  will  result in actual  sales that the  Company  will
perform as set forth in such financial  projections,  or that  assumptions  upon
which  the  projections  are  based  will  occur  at the  times  indicated.  See
"Description of Business".

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                                       160

<PAGE>

ARBITRARY OFFERING PRICE

The  Company's  management  determined  the number of shares to be offered based
upon  managementts  estimates  of the amount of proceeds  necessary  for planned
uses. The offering price is not based on the Company's  assets,  book value,  or
earnings. Accordingly, the offering price should not be considered an indication
of the  actual  fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock as if  appraised  by a
disinterested party.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Selling commissions dealer-manager fees, expense allowance, consulting fees, and
the costs of the Offering may aggregate  approximately 10% of the sales price of
the stock if the Offering is fully  subscribed.  The Company  intends to use the
net proceeds of the Offering for acquisition,  expansion,  marketing/advertising
and working capita. If the Offering is less than fully  subscribed,  the Company
retains the  discretion  to apply the net  proceeds in such amounts and for such
purposes as the Company deems necessary (See "Use of Proceeds").

RELIANCE UPON PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE

Management  believes  that the demand for the Company's  Internet  services will
depend,  in part,  upon consumers  continued and increasing  acceptance of doing
business over the Internet,  including advertising,  marketing,  distribution of
products, and the dissemination of information over the Internet. However, there
are no assurances that the Company's Internet services will find acceptance with
consumers even if such trends  continue  andfor if acceptance will continue with
its consumers.  While the conclusions of the Company's market research have been
favorable,  there are no assurances that actual operating results will reach the
levels indicated by such research.

COMPETITION

The  industry  in which  the  Company  operates  is  highly  competitive.  Other
companies  that  provide  similar  services  may  have   substantially   greater
technical, financial and/or marketing resources than the Company. Further, there
are  no  assurances  that  the  Company's  services  will  be  competitive  with
innovative technology developed by the Company's  competitors.  See "Business of
the Company - The Industry and Competition".

THE INDUSTRY

The Company will be competing in a fast-paced  Internet  services market,  where
new  technologies  and  markets  constantly  replace  older  services,  research
designs, and web designing methodology.  ConSumerts tastes and desires fluctuate
and are difficult to predict.  There are no assurances  that the Company will be
able to  accurately  predict these trends or keep pace with the changes that may
occur  within the  industry.  See  "Business  of the Company - The  Industry and
Competition".
                                       161

<PAGE>

GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

The  financial  success of the Company may be  sensitive  to adverse  changes in
general economic  conditions in the United States and Canada, such as recession,
inflation,  unemployment and interest rates.  These changes could cause the cost
of  supplies,  labor and other  expenses to rise  faster than the Company  could
raise  prices.  Such  changing  conditions  also  could  reduce  demands  in the
marketplace for the Company's  services.  The Company has no control over any of
these changes.

NO COMMITMENT TO PURCHASE THE STOCK

The Company is  offering  the Stock on a "Best  Efforts"  basis.  No  commitment
exists by anyone to purchase all or any portion of the Stock being offered,  and
there are no  assurances  that any or all the Stock  will be sold.  See "Plan of
Distribution".

In  addition  to the above  risks,  businesses  are often  subject  to risks not
foreseen nor fully  appreciated  by management.  In reviewing  this  Memorandum,
potential  investors  should  keep in mind  other  possible  risks  that  may be
material.

                                                            USE OF PROCEEDS

From  the  gross  proceeds  of this  Offering,  the  Company  may pay a  Selling
Commission  and 10% of the purchase price of all stock sold. The Company may use
some or all of $25,000 of net proceeds to pay for  accounting,  legal,  printing
and  consulting  expenses.  Management  estimates  that the net  proceeds to the
Company from the Offering after the foregoing deductions,  will be approximately
$875,000 if all stock is sold.  The Company  intends to use the net  proceeds of
the fully  subscribed  Offering  as set  forth in the  following  table.  If the
Offering is less than fully  subscribed,  the Company may cut back  acquisitions
and aggressive marketing  strategies.  The Company has determined that a minimum
of  $500,000  will be  required  to roll  out the  limited  acquisitions  and TV
commercials.  The  Company  retains  the  discretion  to apply the net  proceeds
towards such purposes and in such amounts,  as it deems necessary to further the
operation of the Company in completing the  preparation  for marketing in lesser
quantities.  There are no  assurances  that the Company will use the proceeds as
described below. See "Risk Factors - Use of Proceeds".

MAXIMUM SUBSCRIPTION

  Purpose                          Amount              Percent of Net Proceeds
  -------                          ------              -----------------------
  Selling Costs (maximum)        $100,000               10%
  Acquisitions                    500,000               50%
  Marketing/Advertising           300,000               30%
  General Working Capital         100,000               10%
                                                       ----
                               $1,000.000              100%
                                ----------              ----

                                      162

<PAGE>

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]


DILUTION

On January 15, 1999, there were 10,160,000  Shares of Common Stock  outstanding,
excluding  any warrants  issued to any investors or  consultants  awarded by the
Company.

As of such date,  the Company had a net  tangible  book value of  $69,306.00  or
$.0068 per share. Net tangible book value is determined by dividing the tangible
net worth of the Company  (tangible assets less total  liabilities) by the total
number of outstanding Shares of Common Stock.

If the Offering is fully subscribed,  the total number of outstanding  shares of
Common Stock in the Company would be 10,960,000.

The  following  table  illustrates  the  per  share  dilution  to new  investors
purchasing Shares in the Offering:

                                                            Maximum Subscription
                                                               800.000 Shares

Offering price per share;                                        $       1.25
Net tangible book value (deficit) before Offering;                $ 69,306.00
Adjusted net tangible book value per share after Offering;                .086
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors;           .0063


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the  Capitalization of the Company as of December
31, 1999, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of all Shares offered hereunder.

                                            Presently            After Maximum
Class                                     Outstanding     Outstanding Offering

Short Term Debt                                  $ -0-                   $ -0
Long Term Debt                                     -0-                     -0

Shareholders, Equity (deficiency)
   Common Stock, $.001 par value
   20,000,000 Shares Outstanding           10,160,000              10,960,000
  Stock Purchase Warrants(l)                       -0-                800,000
  Total Stockholders' Equity(deficiency)   12,700,000             $ 13,700,000


                                      163

<PAGE>

FOOTNOTE:

(1) There are no Common Stock Purchase Warrants presently outstanding.  Upon the
sale of all the Shares offered hereunder, there will a total of 800,000 warrants
then outstanding, exercisable for a period of one (1) year after a public market
exists at an exercise price of $.50.


                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

American  Internet  Technical  Center (the Company) is a Florida based  Internet
Company that offers  Internet  services  such as  e-commerce  accounts,  on-line
educational/instructional   courses,  hosting  services,  web  site  design  and
Internet  consultation.  Management  believes that they will be  competitive  in
their Internet services.  The Company's corporate  operations include a web site
production  and design  division,  an Internet  service  provider  division;  an
on-line education division; various sales related services,  customer relations,
administrative,  accounting  and  management  functions.  The Company  employs a
computerized  management  information  system to record and  manage the  various
operations of the business.

The Company began by offering free web sites primarily for new, small and medium
business.  Web sites were to be designed by senior webmaster students as part of
their  graduation  requirements.  In return,  customers  are required to use the
Company's  hosting  services  for their web sites.  In the first nine  months of
operations the Company has acquired 1,175 clients;  trained several  students to
become web  masters  and  established  an in house  production  department.  The
Company has  averaged  132 new clients per month.  The Company has  consistently
shown double  digit  growth per month.  The Company is in the process of selling
additional Internet services including maintenance and marketing programs to its
current clients (see "Upgrades Price List - Business of Company").

The Company was incorporated in Florida on April 15, 1998, as American  Internet
Technical  Center,  Inc. to provide  various  Internet  services.  The Company's
principal  executive  offices are located at 1500 East Atlantic Blvd.,  Suite C,
Pompano Beach, FL 33060; Telephone (954) 9434748.

                           AMERICAN INTERNET SERVICES

Description of the Contracts

New  customers  are  given a  choice  of  either a 6 or  12-month  free web site
program.  Clients who sign up for a longer  period get a free month and one free
upgrade to their site.  The  percentage  of  one-year  contracts  has  gradually
increased to the 40% mark and is expected to maintain that ratio.

Clients are encouraged to purchase the Search Engine  Registration  option for a
charge of $149.  The Search  Engines act as yellow pages of the Internet and are
an important part of the system.  Less than 1% of clients decline the offer. The
Service Agreement gives the prospective client the following options:

1. Domain Name Registration                                 No Charge

2. Two (2) e-mail addresses                                 No Charge

3. Six Month Contract ($75 set-up fee plus $59 monthly)     $429

4. One Year Contract ($75 set-up fee plus 59 monthly)       $783

5. Search Engine Registration
      (over 550 search engines & directories)               $149

6. 4 Page Web Site                                          No Charge
                                                            (with one of the
                                                             above plans)

                                      164
<PAGE>

Upgrade Price List

In addition to the flat fee rates, some clients request and/or are encouraged to
purchase  extras or upgrades during the initial sales and also in the production
stage.  These extras were not a significant  source of income in the first three
months of operation,  however, as more sample web sites with extras and upgrades
are displayed on our preview pages,  the demand for these extras are increasing.
The Company estimates that the income from extras and upgrades should average at
least $100 per client (see "Projected Schedule").

Below  is a list  of some of the  more  commonly  requested  upgrades  that  are
available for web sites along with the pricing for any upgrade:

Extra Pages                        $65 a page
Extra Scans (Picture  graphics)    $10; 5 or more - $7 each
Insert Standard Animations         $100-4 animations
Custom Created Animations          $50 an hour
Additional e-mail addresses        $10 month (per each 4 addressees)
Autoresponders                     $50 set-up fee, $10 month per 2
Additional Domain Registration     $150 (does not include internic Fee:$35/year)
Java Scrolling Text                $125
Glow Buttons/Mouse Over            $50 (includes all pages)
Framed Web Site                    $150
Insert Audio Clip                  $150
Secured Server (for credit cards)  $150
Shopping Cart                      $129
Other                              Call for quote

Re-Hosting Revenues

The 6-month  contracts  will expire in the first year and those  clients will be
invited to re-subscribe to the hosting  services.  Fees will be reduced from $59
per month to $29 per month.  The Company  estimates a 25% attrition rate. At the
end of the first 9 months of  operation  the  Company  had  approximately  1,175
clients on line.

On-line Educational/Instructional Courses

The Company started on-line  educational courses on August 19, 1998. The program
is  called   Professional  Web  Design  and  includes  the  following   courses:
Introduction to the Internet;  Creating Web Pages;  Advanced Web Pages; Creating
Web  Graphics;  Java  Programming  for the  Web;  Microsoft  Front  Page and CGI

                                       165

<PAGE>

Programming  for the Web.  Each  course  typically  runs for six  weeks,  with 2
lessons  per week,  for a total of 12 lessons.  Assignments  are given each week
with a final exam provided to those  seeking  course  certificates.  The Company
will offer other on-line  educational  courses  commencing  the first quarter of
1999 (see "Summary").

The Company has over 50 applications on file for the first semester. The Company
has not  officially  commenced  its  advertising  Campaign for the  promotion of
on-line  education,  however,  based upon  statistics  provided by the Education
Department,  the Company  should enroll a minimum of 20 new students per week or
500 for one year (see "Projected Schedule of Operations").

Marketing

The  Company  markets its web sites and other  services  through  various  media
throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  Company  maintains  its  own
informative web site and encourages  prospective clients to visit the site where
they can preview approximately 15 actual web sites of the Company's clients.

The  Company  advertises  in national  and local  newspapers,  magazines,  trade
journals;  utilizes direct mail advertising methods including postcards and card
decks and other methods to generate leads and sales.

Advertising/marketing  is one of the Company's  largest  expenses.  Although the
Company has been very  successful to date in handling  matters  internally,  the
Company has decided to engage the  services of an  advertising  agency to handle
future marketing responsibilities. The Company will introduce through the use of
direct  response  marketing  specifically  "TV  Commercials".  To  support  such
marketing  efforts,   the  Company  intends  to  produce  60-second   television
commercials  on Internet  services to small and medium  sized  business  owners.
Management  believes that the TV Commercials,  media and print  advertising will
help spur sales of the Internet services that the Company provides.

Competition

The Company  will be part of the  growing  United  States,  Canada and the World
Internet  services  industry,  with over 200 million  computer users by the year
2000.  This is a dynamic  industry,  subject to  frequent  and rapid  changes in
consumer tastes as well as technological advances. The industry also encompasses
a tremendous range of Internet services and marketing  applications.  The nature
of the rapid change in consumer  Internet  industry  means that  services,  even
successful Internet services, that do not keep pace with advancing technology or
consumer  tastes  will lose favor with the  public  and be  replaced  with other
Internet services more technologically  advanced or have correctly predicted the
latest consumer desires.

The Company has designed web sites with the state of the art  software,  and the
best  trained  web  designers  that keep up with  current  innovative  trends in
designs and graphics.  Management  believes that the Internet services will have
substantial consumer demand.  However,  there are no assurances that the Company
has  correctly  anticipated  consumer  tastes or will continue to keep pace with
changes in technology and consumer demand (see "Risk Factors Industry").

                                      166
<PAGE>

The Company is aware of many other consumer Internet service companies competing
with them in this market;  however,  the Company competes in a variety of market
segments  in the  Internet  services  industry.  Because the market is so large,
dynamic and diverse,  the Company seldom finds itself opposing its  competitors.
Furthermore,  the Company has found a special niche in the marketplace and a way
to service  the  market.  Many of the  Company's  clients  are either new to the
Internet, computer illiterate and/or on a limited budget.

As a greater  number of  companies  seek to enter the  market,  the  Company may
experience increased competition in the marketing of its services.  However, the
Company believes its competitive position will be enhanced by its reputation and
credibility;  its ability to tailor and market new products and services to meet
the ever changing demands in the technology  sector;  its ability to profit from
budget/discount  services and its ability to expand its services worldwide.  The
Company has an efficient production  department,  a knowledgeable sales force of
web designers, who receive on going training.

The consumer  Internet  service  industry  includes some of the largest and best
financed companies in the world. Any such competitor may have greater technical,
financial, and/or marketing resources than the Company, and such competition may
have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  operations  and profits (see
"Risk Factors").

The  Company  is  aware  that it is a part  of a very  dynamic  and  competitive
industry.  The Company has an advantage over most of its competitors  because of
its  non-restrictive  boundaries  and its  ability  to offer  its  products  and
services to new businesses,  on a limited budget at low prices.  However,  there
are other companies that are offering services,  similar to that of the Company,
in direct  competition  with the Company.  We are aware of three such companies:
namely, Cyber Graphics Institute,  Inc.; WorldWide Web Institute,  Inc.; and Web
Results  Institute,  Inc. These three companies are our main competitors.  We do
not have verifiable  figures of their sales or operations;  however,  it appears
that all three companies are operating successfully. In the first nine months of
the Company's operations,  the Company very seldom "crossed paths" with these or
any other  competitors.  In fact,  the  Company  was  required  to conduct  this
research to find out who its principal competitors actually were. The Company is
of the opinion that the market is so immense that it can accommodate a number of
successful  competitive  businesses.  However,  the Company is also cognizant of
remaining  focused on new  opportunities in this rapidly  changing  industry and
must be prepared to take  advantage of and profit from the  anticipated  changes
and/or demands.

Government Regulation

The Company is regulated  by or required to file with or obtain  approval of the
Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Affairs.  The Company has on file
an Affidavit of Exemption under the Florida  Telemarketing Act. Federal law also
regulates the Company, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

                                      167

<PAGE>

Properties

The executive and administrative offices of the Company are located at 1500 East
Atlantic  Blvd.,  Pompano  Beach,  Florida 33060.  The Production  Department is
located in an adjacent building.  These offices containing  approximately  2,500
square feet are rental properties having a one-year term with renewable options.
The Company  currently  fully  utilizes  these  existing  facilities  that would
accommodate its need to additional space.

Employees

As of January 1, 1999, the Company employed 19 individuals on a full-time basis,
plus 15  people on a  part-time  basis,  including  web  designers,  independent
contractors  and  2  consultants,  none  of  whom  are  employed  pursuant  to a
collective  bargaining  or  union  agreement.  The  Company  considers  that its
relationship with its Employees is good.

Legal Proceedings

The  Company is named  Defendant  in certain  lawsuits  arising in the  ordinary
course of the Company's business.  While the outcome of these lawsuits cannot be
predicted  with  certainty,  the Company does not expect these matters to have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition,  liquidity or
results of operations.

Management Compensation

The Board of Directors will set  compensation for the Management and Officers of
the Company upon the completion of this placement.  Currently only Mr. Glean and
Mr. Utile the Officers or Directors are receiving $75,000 per year. No employee,
officer  or  director  has been  paid in excess of  $75,000  per year  since the
inception  of the  Company.  The  Company  currently  has no  pensions or profit
sharing arrangements for its Officers, Directors or Employees.

                           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
                         ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

The Company has an immediate cash need of approximately $500,000 to commence the
acquisitions,  to implement direct response  marketing plans and general working
capital purposes.

                                      168
<PAGE>

The Company  intends to use the proceeds of the  Offering to fund the  foregoing
cash  requirements.  If the Offering is less than fully subscribed,  the Company
may have to curtail one or more of the  goregoing  operations,  which may have a
material,  adverse effect on the Company's operations and profits If the Company
is unable to raise suffiecient capital from the Offering to commence operations,
the  Company  will pursue  other  methods of obtaing  financing,  but such other
methods may entail greater costs and will delay the  commencement of operations.
which will have a material  adverse effect on the Comoanv's  financial  position
(see "Risk Factors-Dependence on the Offering")

Once the Company  starts  direct  response  marketing  campaigns ans certain key
acquisitions,  management  believes that certain revenues from sales of Internet
services  and products  will be  sufficient  to fully  implement  the  Company's
overall  business  plan.  Management  anticipates  that the  Company  will  have
additional  cash  needs  of  approximately  $200,000  for  these  purposes  (see
"Description of Business - Marketing").

The Company intends to raise this capital through the initial public offering of
the Common Stock.  The Company  currently plans to complete this public Offering
in 1999. However, there are no assurances that this Of[enag will be completed at
a later date, if at all. If the Company is unable to secure financing  through a
public  offering,  the Company will pursue other  financing  avenues,  including
additional  private  placements  of  securities.  Any  delay  in  acquiring  the
financing  needed to implement  the Company's  business and marketing  plans may
have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations and profits.

                                   MANAGEMENT

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The executive officers and directors are as follows

Name                Age       Position

J. Bruce Gleason    53        Chief Executive Officer, President ~ Controller
Michaci D. Umile    45        Vice President, Secretary
Gary D. Walk        46        Vice President of Operations
Bruce Drezner       50        Vice President of Marketing

J. Bruce Gleason

Mr. Gleason has been a resident of Pompano Beach for the past 1? years. He has a
diverse business  background with over 30 years  e~cpcAenoe in sales,  marketing
and  finance.  Mr.  Gleason  has an  accounting  degree  and worked for a public
accounting  Finn for many years.  He has assisted  many  businesses  in becoming

                                      169
<PAGE>

successful  and owned a number of successful  businesses  himself.  He started a
chain of Photo Shacks in Canada that grew to over 70 units and  eventually  sold
to  a  competitor.  Mr.  Gleason  was  President  of  Southern  Telco,  Inc.,  a
telecommunications company he co-founded in 1980, took to $5 million in revenues
in less than two years, then sold the Company.

Michael D. Umile

Mr. Umile has been a  self-starter  all his adult life.  He has been involved in
sales and marketing for over 30 years.  He has  successfully  owned and operated
his own  companies  over the years,  including a used car  dealership,  a towing
company,  a video game  dealership,  and a pay phone route in New York with over
400  telephones.  Most recently,  he was Vice  President and General  Manager of
Southern  Telco,  Inc.  until it was sold in 1982.  Mr.  Umile  resides with his
family in Boca Raton and has resided in South Florida for the past 10 years.

Bruce Drezuer

Mr.  Drezner  has  spent 20 years in the  investment  banking  industry.  He has
extensive  experience  in raising  capital for emerging  growth  companies.  Mr.
Drezner has worked at Shearson,  Hyden, Stone;  Shearson/American  Express;  and
Dean Whitter Reynolds, Inc. as a StockBroker and a Commodities Broker. He brings
a wealth of  experience in the financial  markets and the  development  of small
companies in the public sector.

Harry Davis, Consultant

Mr.  Davis  is a  resident  of  Delray  Beach  and has a very  diverse  business
background.  He was a senior partner of FNMC, an investment firm he spearheaded,
which grew to over 300  employees  and ten  offices  at its peak.  He was also a
founding  partner and  director  of Franklin  Savings  Bank of  Michigan.  After
selling out his  interests,  Mr. Davis  ventured to Florida almost ten years ago
where he  started  a  software  development  company  specializing  in  computer
programs and became a Webmaster.  Mr. Davis has the business  experience and the
technical  knowledge that will help in taking AITC to mega company  status.  Mr.
Davis is a senior employee of the Company.

Thomas R. Ricketts

Mr. Ricketts has been a resident of Dade/Broward  since 1961.  Having  graduated
from Miami  Norland  High  School and going on to become the  youngest  licensed
Funeral  Director  in the  State of New  York,  he  settled  on the Real  Estate
industry in South Florida. After many successful years of taking his real estate
company public, Tom moved into the automotive parts business.  Tom took his auto
parts  business  on to become the third  largest  auto parts  wholesaler  in the
continental U.S.

Looking for a new  challenge,  Tom selected the vacation  certificate  business.
Selling a one and a half  million-dollar  promotion to GTE Cellular  secured his
success  in  that  industry.   Designing  programs  for  grocery  chains,   auto
dealerships,  banks  and a myriad of small  businesses,  his  vacation  programs
became one of the largest with offices in New York,  Boston,  Seattle,  Atlanta,
and London.

                                      170

<PAGE>

Shortly  afterwards,  Tom was  introduced  to the World Wide Web, the  Internet.
Becoming one of the first to promote an Internet & computer  Expo at the Broward
County Convention Center in December of 1995, it was one of the largest attended
events at the Center.  After  producing 7 more expos,  with the final one at the
Miami Beach  Convention  Center in  September of 1996,  sponsored by  BellSouth,
AT&T,  NationsBank,  BrandsMart and Office Depot,  Tom took his  connections and
started  with a partner,  the  Internet  Institute  and the  development  of the
Student Program.

Tom now owns his own Internet  hosting and web design firm  offering all related
Internet  products  from the  design to the  nationwide  Internet  Access and is
moving aggressively into the exciting world of electronic commerce.

Gary Walk

Mr. Walk has a BS degree in Education,  and MA degree in Education.  He spent 10
years in investment  banking and securities  industry.  He has  participated  in
several initial public  offerings,  private  placements and start up situations.
Mr. Walk has worked in several over-the-counter  brokerage firms specializing in
developmental  growth  companies.  While  working for Yeager  Securities  in Las
Vegas,  Nevada, he helped raise 52 million dollars in the biggest,  best efforts
offering  in the  securities  industry.  He  brings a wealth of  experience  and
knowledge of raising  capital for companies to implement  growth,  expansion and
acquisitions. Mr. Walk has worked for the Company since its inception.

                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the ownership of Shares of Common Stock as of the
date of this Memorandum by Company's officers and directors. All of the officers
and  directors  as a group  and  each  person  who is known  by the  Company  to
beneficially  own more that 5% of the  outstanding  Shares of Common Stock.  The
table  indicates the number of shares  beneficially  owned and the percentage of
ownership, respectively,  assuming that the Offering is fully subscribed and all
shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock.

                                             Percentage     Percentage
                                             Prior to       After
Name of Owner       Number of Shares         Offering       Offering

J. Bruce Gleason    5,10O,000                50.19          46.5%
Michael Umile       5,00O,000                49.2%          45.6%
Gary Walk              3O,000                  .3%           .27%
Bruce Drezner          3O,000                  .3%           .27%

All Officers
As a Group         1O,16O,000                 100%          92.64%


                                      171

<PAGE>

                       INVESTOR SUITABILITY STANDARDS AND
                             INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

Suitability

Shares will be offered and sold pursuant an exemption  under the Securities Act,
and exemptions  under  applicable  state securities and Blue Sky laws. There are
different standard under these federal and state exemptions which must be met by
prospective investors in the Company.

The Company will sell Shares only to those Investors it reasonably believes meet
certain suitability requirements described below.

Each prospective Investor must complete a Confidential  Purchaser  questionnaire
and  each   Purchaser   Representative,   if  any,  must  complete  a  Purchaser
Representative Questionnaire.

EACH INVESTOR MUST BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THAT IT IS PERMITTED TO INVEST
IN THE COMPANY,  THAT ALL  APPROPRIATE  ACTIONS TO AUTHORIZE  SUCH AN INVESTMENT
HAVE BEEN TAKEN, AND THAT ANY REQUIREMENTS  THAT IT'S INVESTMENTS BE DIVERSIFIED
OR SUFFICIENTLY LIQUID HAVE BEEN MET.

An investor will qualify as an accredited Investor if it falls within any one of
the following categories at the time of the sale of the Shares to that Investor:

(1)  A bank as defined in Section  3(a)(2) of the  Securities  Act, or a savings
     and loan association or other institution as defined in Section  3(a)(5)(A)
     of the  Securities  Act,  whether;  acting in its  individual  or fiduciary
     capacity;  a broker or dealer  registered  pursuant  to  Section  15 of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934; an insurance company as defined in Section
     2(13) of the Securities  Act; an investment  company  registered  under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined
     in  Section  2(a)(48)  of that Act;  a Small  Business  Investment  Company
     licensed by the United States Small Business  Administration  under Section
     301(c)  or  (d) of the  Small  Business  Investment  Act  of  1958;  a plan
     established and maintained by a state, its political  subdivisions,  or any
     agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the
     benefit  of its  employees,  if such  plan has  total  assets  in excess of
     $5,00O,000;  an employee  benefit  plan within the meaning of the  Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment  decision is made
     by a plan  fiduciary,  as defined in  Section  3(21) of that Act,  which is
     either  a  bank,  savings  and  loan  association,  insurance  company,  or
     registered  investment  adviser,  or if the employee benefit plan has total
     assets in  excess  of  $5,00O,00O,  or,  if a  self-directed  plan with the
     investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors:

                                      172
<PAGE>

(2)  A private business  development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of
     the Investment Advisers Act of 1994

(3)  An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code
     with total assets in excess of S5,OOO,000;

(4)  A director or executive officer of the Company.

(5)  A natural person whose  individual net worth,  or joint net worth with that
     person's  spouse,  at the  time of such  person's  purchase  of the  Shares
     exceeds $1,00O,000;

(6)  A natural person who had an individual income in excess of $20O,000 in each
     of the two most recent years or joint income with that  person's  spouse in
     excess of $30O,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable  expectation
     of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(7)  A trust  with  total  assets in excess of  $5,00O,00O,  not  formed for the
     specific  purpose of acquiring the  securities  offered,  whose purchase is
     directed by a  sophisticated  person as describe in Rule  506(b)(2)(ii)  of
     Regulation D; and

(8)  An entity in which all of the equity  owners are  accredited  investors (as
     defined above).

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS ABSOLUTE DISCRETION TO DETERMINE IF
A POTENTIAL INVESTOR MEETS OR FAILS TO MEET THE SUITABILITY STANDARDS SET
FORTH IN THIS SECTION.

         Additional Suitability Requirements for Benefit Plan Investors

In addition to the foregoing  suitability  standards generally applicable to all
Investors,  the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1934,  as amended
("ERISA"), and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the Department of Labor
impose certain additional suitability standards for Investors that are qualified
pension,  profit-sharing  or stock bonus plans  ("Benefit  Plan  Investor").  In
considering  the purchase of Shares,  a fiduciary  with respect to a prospective
Benefit Plan  Investor  must  consider  whether an investment in the Shares will
satisfy the prudence  requirement of Section  404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA, since there
is not expected to be any market  created in which to sell or otherwise  dispose
of the Shares.  In addition,  the fiduciary must consider whether the investment
in Shares will satisfy the diversification  requirement of Section  404(a)(1)(C)
of ERISA.

Restrictions on Transfer or Resale of Shares

The  Availability of Federal and state exemptions and the legality of the offers
and sales of the Shares are conditioned upon, among other things,  the fact that
the purchase of Shares by all Investors are for investment purposes only and not
with a view to resale or distribution.

                                      173

<PAGE>

Accordingly,  each  prospective  Investor  will be required to  represent in the
Subscription  Agreement that it is purchasing the Shares for its own account and
for the purpose of investment  only, not with a view to, or in accordance  with,
the distribution of sale of the Shares and that it will not sell, pledge, assign
or transfer or offer to sell,  pledge,  assign or transfer any  profits.  Shares
without an effective  registration  statement  under the  Securities  Act, or an
exemption therefrom (including an exemption under Regulation D, Section 504) and
an opinion of counsel  acceptable  to the Company  that  registration  under the
Securities Act is not required and that the transaction  complies with all other
applicable Federal and state securities or Blue Sky laws.

As used in this  Memorandum,  the term "net  worth"  means  the  excess of total
assets over total  liabilities.  In  computing  net worth for the purpose of (5)
above, the principal residence of the investor must be valued at cost, including
cost of improvements,  or at recently appraised value by an institutional lender
making a secured loan, net of  encumbrances.  In determining  income an investor
should add to the investor's  adjusted gross income any amounts  attributable to
tax exempt income  received,  losses claimed as a limited partner in any limited
partnership,  deductions claimed for depletion, contributions to an IRA or KEOGH
retirement plan, alimony payments, and any amount by which income form long-term
capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income.

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000  shares of common stock, par value
$.001 per share. As of the date of this Memorandum  10,160,000  Shares of Common
Stock are outstanding and are held off record by four  shareholders.  Holders of
the common  stock are entitled to receive  ratable  dividends  when,  as, and if
declared by the Board of Directors  out of funds  legally  available  therefore,
subject to any  preferential  dividend  rights of  outstanding  stock.  Upon the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the common
stock are  entitled to receive  ratably the net assets of the Company  available
after the payments of all debts and other  liabilities  and subject to the prior
ratably the net assets of the Company  available after the payments of all debts
and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding  stock.
Holders of common stock have no pre-emptive, subscription, or redemption rights.
The outstanding  shares of common stock are fully paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights and  privileges of holders of the common stock are subject to, and may be
adversely  affected  by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of stock,
which the company may designate and issue in the future.

                          COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

The Company has  authorized  the  issuance of  8,000,000  Shares of Common Stock
Purchase  Warrants to investors  participating in this Private  Placement.  Each
investor will be given one ( 1) Common Stock Purchase  Warrant for each Share of
Common Stock purchased.  The Common Stock Purchase Warrant has an exercise price
of $.50.  The Common Stock  Purchase  Warrant will be  exercisable up to one (1)
year after a public market exists.

                                      174

<PAGE>

As long as any warrants remain  outstanding,  the underlying  Common Stock to be
issued  upon the  exercise  of the  warrants  will be adjusted in the event of a
stock split,  stock  dividends,  recapitalization,  reclassification  or similar
events.  If any of the foregoing  occurs,  the Shares  reserved for the issuance
upon the  exercise of the  warrants  will be  increased  or decreased to reflect
proportionately the increase or decrease in the number of Shares of Common Stock
outstanding and the exercise price of the warrant will be adjusted accordingly.

The holders of the Warrants are not entitled to vote, to receive dividends or to
exercise  any of the rights of holders of the Common  Stock  until the  warrants
shall have been duly exercised and paid for and the Common Stock shall have been
issued.  For the  life of the  warrants,  the  holders  thereof  are  given  the
opportunity to profit from a rise in the market value of Common Stock, which may
result in the dilution of the interest of other Shareholders.  In addition,  the
Company  may find it more  difficult  to raise  capital  equity  if it should be
needed for the business of the Company while the warrant is outstanding.

                      LIMITED TRANSFERABILITY OF SECURITIES

No present  market  exists for the stock,  or the Common  Stock  issued upon the
conversion,  thereof. The securities offered hereby have not been registered for
sale under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or registered or qualified
under the securities  laws of any state,  in reliance upon available  exemptions
from such  registration  and  qualification  requirements.  The exemptions  from
registration and/or  qualification  relied upon by the Company for this offering
may be depended, in part, upon the "investment intent" of the investor and would
not be available if any investor was  acquiring  the  securities  with a view to
further  sell or  distribute.  Accordingly,  each  investor,  when  executing  a
subscription  agreement  for the  stock,  will be  required  an opinion of legal
counsel satisfactory to it regarding the availability or resale exemptions to be
provided by proposed seller of such securities. The following restrictive legend
will be placed on all certificates  representing the stock, and the Common Stock
issued  upon  conversion   thereof,   to  insure  the   effectiveness  of  these
restrictions.

"The securities represented by this certificate have not be registered under the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  or registered or
qualified  under the  securities  laws of any state in reliance upon  exemptions
from such registration andfor qualification  requirements  contained therein. No
holder may offer,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge,  hypothecate  or otherwise
dispose or  encumber  the  securities  represented  by this  certificate  except
pursuant to an effective  registration  statement and/or qualification under the
Securities Act and all applicable  state securities laws, or upon receipt by the
issuer of an opinion or legal counsel for the holder reasonably  satisfactory to
the issuer that such offer, sale transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or
other  disposition  or  encumbrance  is  exempt  from  the  registration  andlor
qualification  provisions  of  the  Securities  Act  and  all  applicable  State
securities laws."

Rule 144 under the Securities Act permits public resale (for federal  securities
law purposes) of the stock and the common stock issued upon conversion, thereof,
under certain conditions after a oneyear holding period by the seller, including
the manner of sale,  sales volume  restrictions,  filing  requirements  and that
information  about the company be publicly  available which is currently not the

                                       175

<PAGE>

case.  A  non-affiliate  of the company who has held such  securities  for three
years  may  resell  them  without  restriction.  In  addition  to the  foregoing
requirements  of Rule 144 under the federal  securities  laws, the various state
securities  laws may impose further  restrictions  on the ability of a holder to
sell or transfer the stock or the common stock issued upon conversion, thereof.

Holders of common  stock  issued upon  conversion  of the stock may freely trade
their shares of common stock if the Company in a public offering pursuant to the
Securities Act registers such shares for sale. However,  there are no assurances
that the company will undertake an initial public offering,  or that the Company
will sell  sufficient  shares in an initial public offering for a market for the
common stock to develop. In addition,  if the underwriter  determines that there
are more  shares  included  in a  registration  statement  than the  market  can
support, then all shareholders  exercising such registration rights (but not the
Company)  must  proportionally  reduce  their  number (up to the total number if
required) of shares being  registered and it further  provides that upon request
by the  Company,  no holder will sell shares of common  stock for 180 days after
the effective date of registration statement, except for shares included in that
registration statement.

INVESTORS CONTEMPLATING A PURCHASE OF THE STOCK PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING SHOULD
SEEK  THEIR  OWN  INDEPENDENT   LEGAL  ADVICE  REGARDING  THE  EFFECT  OF  THESE
RESTRICTIONS AND INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

A maximum of 800,000  shares of stock are being offered to accredited  investors
only for a subscription price of $1.25 per share with a minimum  subscription of
8,000 shares.  The Company reserves the right to accept  subscriptions for fewer
shares at its sole discretion.  Subscriptions are payable in full upon execution
of the subscription agreement. All subscription checks should be made payable to
the Company. The offering will expire on July 31,1999, but the Company may agree
to extend the term of the offering for an additional 60 days.

The execution of a  subscription  agreement  constitutes a binding offer by each
prospective  investor to buy the shares and an  agreement to hold the offer open
until the Company accepts the subscription. The Company may, however, reject any
subscription  for any reason without  incurring any liability.  No  subscription
will be accepted  until the Company has received a fully  executed  Subscription
Agreement  Investor  Questionnaire  and any other document as may be required by
the Company.

Persons  offering  and selling the shares will be required to offer them only to
prospective   investors  who  meet  the  conditions  discussed  under  "Investor
Suitability  Standards"  and  otherwise  conduct the offering as required  under
Regulation  D  and  applicable  state  laws.  A  prospective   investor  may  be
represented in making an investment in the shares by a purchaser  representative
as that  term is  defined  in Rule  505(h)  of  Regulation  D, in  which  case a
professional Investment Advisor Purchaser Questionnaire must be executed by such
representative  and the prospective  investor.  Any purchaser  representative so
retained must comply with the requirements of Rule 505(h).

                                      176

<PAGE>

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Each  prospective  investor will be given an opportunity to ask questions of and
receive  answers from the Company and its officers and directors  concerning the
terms and conditions of this offering and to obtain any  additional  information
to the extent that the Company  possesses  such  information,  or can acquire it
without unreasonable effort or expense,  necessary to verify the accuracy of the
information contained in this Memorandum or deemed by the recipient necessary to
make an informed  investment  decision.  Questions  regarding this Memorandum or
written  requests  for  additional  information  to  verify  or  supplement  the
information contained in this Memorandum should be directed to:

                    AMERICAN INTERNET TECHNICAL CENTER, INC.
                          1500 EAST ATLANTIC BOULEVARD
                             POMPANO BEACH, FL 33060
                                 (954) 943-4748

177

<PAGE>

                                         EXHIBIT A
                                    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Marc Friedman & Associates, Inc.

                                                         PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTING
                                                             4186 NW 6Sth Avenue
                                                         Coral Springs, F1 33067
                                          Omce (9S4) 7S2-3889 Fax (9S4) 7SS-0399

January 20, 1999

To whom it may concern,

         I, Marc  Friedman,  have  examined the Balance  Sheet and  Statement of
Operations  for American  Internet  Technical  Center,  Inc. for the nine months
ended December 31, 1998.

         My  investigation  consisted  of  reviewing  the books and  records and
financial  statements provided to me by the Company. In the course of my review,
which was conducted with Generally Accepted  Accounting  Principles,  I examined
the bank statements and various ledgers and  bookkeeping  records  maintained by
the  Company.  I was able to  determine  that the figures  provided to me by the
Company were entered correctly; however, I did not perform an audit on the books
and records of the Company and  therefore d not attest to the  accuracy of these
financial statements.

Respectfully,

/s/ Marc Friedman /s/

Marc Friedman, President Marc Friedman & Assoc., Inc.
                                      178
<PAGE>

                    American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
                       Balance Sheet at December 31, 199$

                                     ASSETS

Current Assets
   Cash                                                        3,694
   Accounts receivable                       $ 110,528
   Less allowance for doubtful accounts         24,914        85,614
   Prepaid expenses                                            4.461
   Total current assets                                       93,769

Fixed Assets
Future and equipment, at cost                $26,196
less accumulated depreciation                  3,930          22,266

Long Term Assets
   Deposits                                  $13,000
   Incorporation Costs                           300          13,300

                                                            $129,335

                       LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY

Current Liabilities
   Accounts payable                                         $38,174
   Accrued liabilities payable                               13,750
   Withholding taxes payable                                  8,105
   Total current liabilities                                $60,029

Shareholder's Equity
   Common stock                              $   100
   Retaped earnings                           69,206         69,306


                                                            $129,335

                                      179
<PAGE>


                       American Internet Technical Center
                             Statement of Operations
                   For the nine months ended December 31, 1998

Gross Sales                                                 $857,418
   Sales returns and allowances              $ 18,603
   Credit card commissions                     16,398
   Allowance for doubtful accounts             24,914         59,915
   Net sales                                                 797,503

Direct Costs
   Sales commissions                                         159,495
   Production department costs                               129,219
   Advertismg and promotion                                  164,267
   Hosting and other costs                                    22,283
   Total direct costs                                        475,264

Gross Margin                                                 322,239

Operating Expenses
   Administrative salaries                                    33,978
   Bank charges and interest                                   2,525
   Depreciation                                                3,930
   Employee benefits expense                                   3,108
   Insurance expense                                           2,683
   Legal and accounting fees                                   6,275
   Maintenance and repairs                                     3,614
   Miscellaneous expenses                                      6,774
   Office rent                                                13,939
   Office supplies                                             8,090
   Telephone expense                                          47,266
   Utilities                                                   2,535
   Total operating expenses                                  134,717

Net Before Management Salaries                               187,522

Management Salaries                                          118,316

Net Profit                                                  $ 69,206

                                      180

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT B

                                   SUBSCRIBER
                                  QUESTIONNAIRE

                      AMERICAN INTERNET TECHNICAL CENTER |
                            SUBSCRIPTION DATA SHEET

Name of Subscriber (Offeree):

Address of Residence (if natural person):

Address of Business:

Subscriber's Telephone No:

Subscriber's Social
Security No. or Tax I.D. No:

Preferred Address for Receiving mail:
Residence Business Other, if any:

Date of Subscription:

Amount of Subscription: $

                                      181
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
              SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION

                           SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND
                     INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION OF INVESTORS

American Internet Technical Center, Inc.
1500 E. Atlantic Blvd.
Pompano Beach, FL 33060

Gentlemen:

1.   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,  the undersigned,  intending to
     be legally bound,  hereby  irrevocably  subscribes for and agrees to accept
     and  subscribe  to shares of  Regulation  D,  Section  504 common  stock of
     American  Internet  Technical  Center,  Inc.,  a Florida  Corporation  (the
     Company),  for a total  consideration of $ , the receipt and sufficiency of
     which is hereby acknowledged.

2.   In order to induce the Company to accept the subscription made hereby,  the
     undersigned  hereby represents and warrants to the Company,  and each other
     person who acquires or has acquired the Shares, as follows:

     a.   The undersigned,  if an individual (I) has reached the age of majority
          in the state in which he resides and (ii) is a bona fide  resident and
          domiciliary  (not a temporary or transient  resident) of the state set
          forth beneath his signature below.

     b.   The undersigned has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of
          an investment in the Shares,  has adequate  means of providing for his
          current needs and personal contingencies, has no need for liquidity in
          such  investment,  and  could  afford  a  complete  loss  of  such  an
          investment.  The undersigned's  overall commitment to investments that
          are not readily marketable is not  disproportionate  to his net worth,
          and  his  investment  in the  Company  will  not  cause  such  overall
          commitment to become excessive.

     c.   The undersigned meets at least one of the following criteria:

          (i)  the undersigned is a natural person whose individual net worth or
               joint  net worth  with his  spouse,  at the time of his  purchase
               exceeds $1,000,000 (one million dollars; or

          (ii) the undersigned is a natural person and had an individual  income
               in excess of $200,000 (two hundred  thousand  dollars) in each of
               the two most recent  years,  or jointly with his spouse in excess
               of $300,000  (three  hundred  thousand  dollars) in each of those
               years,  and who  reasonably  expects to achieve at least the same
               income level in the current year; or

         (iii) qualifies as an  accredited  investor  under  Regulation D of the
               Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act").


                                      182

<PAGE>

     d.   The  investment is one in which I am purchasing for myself and not for
          others,  the investment amount does not exceed 10% of my net worth and
          I have the capability to understand the investment and the risk.

     e.   The undersigned has been given a full  opportunity to ask questions of
          and to  receive  answers  from the  Company  concerning  the terms and
          conditions  of the offering  and the  business of the Company,  and to
          obtain additional  information necessary to verify the accuracy of the
          information  given  him or to  obtain  such  other  information  as is
          desired in order to evaluate  an  investment  in the Shares.  All such
          questions  have  been  answered  to  the  full   satisfaction  of  the
          undersigned.

     f.   If making his decision to purchase the Shares herein  subscribed  for,
          the undersigned has relied solely upon independent investigations made
          by him. He has received no representation or warranty from the Company
          or from a broker-dealer,  if any, or any of the affiliates,  employees
          or agents of  either.  In  addition,  he is not  subscribing  pursuant
          hereto for any Shares as a result of or subsequent to

          (i)  any  advertisement,   article,   notice  or  other  communication
               published  in  any  newspaper,   magazine  or  similar  media  or
               broadcast over television or radio, or

          (ii) any   seminar  or  meeting   whose   attendees,   including   the
               undersigned,  had been invited as a result of,  subsequent to, or
               pursuant to any of the foregoing.

     g.   The undersigned  understands  that the Shares have not been registered
          under the Act in reliance upon specific  exemptions from  registration
          thereunder, and he agrees that his Shares may not be sold, offered for
          sale,  transferred,  pledged  hypothecated,  or otherwise  disposed of
          except in  compliance  with the Act and  applicable  state  securities
          laws, which  restrictions  require the approval of the Company for the
          transfer  of  any  Shares  (which   approval,   except  under  limited
          circumstances, may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion).
          The  undersigned  has been advised that the Company has no obligations
          to cause the Shares to be  registered  under the Act or to comply with
          any  exemption  under the Act,  including  but not limited to that set
          forth in Rule 144  promulgated  under the Act,  which would permit the
          Shares to be sold by the undersigned. The undersigned understands that
          it is not anticipated  that there will be any market for resale of the
          Shares,  and  that  it may not be  possible  for  the  undersigned  to
          liquidate an investment in the Shares. The undersigned understands the
          legal  consequences  of the  foregoing  to mean  that he must bear the
          economic risk of his  investment in Shares.  He  understands  that any
          instruments  representing the Shares may bear legends  restricting the
          transfer thereof.

3.   To the extent I have the right to rescind my purchase of the Shares,  which
     right of recission is hereby  offered,  I waive and relinquish  such rights
     and agree to accept certificate(s) evidencing such Shares.

                                       183

<PAGE>

4.   This  Agreement and the rights and  obligations of the parties hereto shall
     be governed by, and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
     the State of Florida.

All pronouns  contained  herein and any  variations  thereof  shall be deemed to
refer to the masculine,  feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity
of the parties hereto may require.

The Shares  referred to herein may be sold to the  subscriber  in a  transaction
exempt under Section 517.061 of the Florida  Securities Act. The Shares have not
been registered under said act in the State of Florida In addition, if sales are
made to five or more  persons in the State of Florida,  any sale in the State of
Florida  is  voidable  by the  purchaser  within  three (3) days after the first
tender of consideration is made by such purchaser to the issuer, an agent of the
issuer,  or an escrow agent or within three (3) days after the  availability  of
that privilege is communicated to such purchaser, whichever occurs later.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned  has  executed and agrees to be
bound by this Subscription  Agreement and Investment  Representation on the date
written below as the Date of Subscription:

                         (TO BE USED FOR INDIVIDUAL(S))

____________________________              ______________________________
Print Name of Individual                  Signature of Individual

___________________________               ______________________________
State of Residence                        Date of Subscription

                          (TO BE USED FOR PARTNERSHIPS,
                    CORPORATIONS, TRUSTS OR OTHER ENTITIES)


____________________________              ______________________________
Print Name of Partnership                 Signature of Authorized Representative
Corporation - Trust - Entity


______________________________            ______________________________
Capacity of Authorized Representative   Print Name of Authorized Representative
______________________________            ______________________________
Print Jurisdiction of Incorporation       Date of Subscription Organization


                                      184


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5

 <S>                          <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                    12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-END>                     DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                           13,182
<SECURITIES>                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                    0
<ALLOWANCES>                     0
<INVENTORY>                      0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                 13,182
<PP&E>                           0
<DEPRECIATION>                   0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                   13,182
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>            4,661
<BONDS>                          0
            0
                      0
<COMMON>                         2,974,306
<OTHER-SE>                       (2,965,785)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>     13,182
<SALES>                          0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                 0
<CGS>                            0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                    399,415
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                 (399,415)
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>               0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                  (399,415)
<INCOME-TAX>                     0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              0
<DISCONTINUED>                   (399,415)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                  0
<CHANGES>                        0
<NET-INCOME>                     (399,415)
<EPS-BASIC>                    (0.096)
<EPS-DILUTED>                    (0.095)







</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission